1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.113 2003/02/11 19:17:41 gshapiro Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11 10 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 11 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 12 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 13 of ISS X-Force. 14 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the 15 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in 16 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of 17 Stanford University Compilation Group. 18 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for 19 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos. 20 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed, 21 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated 22 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart. 23 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus 24 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()". 25 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether 26 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not 27 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 28 298.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29 30 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 31 across various connections. This could cause session 32 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 33 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 34 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 35 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP 36 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found 37 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 38 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100 39 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by 40 Erik Parker. 41 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use 42 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5 43 is used. 44 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem 45 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 46 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics 47 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at 48 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some 49 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional 50 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 51 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by 52 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic. 53 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead 54 of 11 or higher. 55 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently 56 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM. 57 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless 58 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v). 59 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name" 60 to be run even if Runners=0. 61 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing 62 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE. 63 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 64 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo 65 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available. 66 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by 67 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 68 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in 69 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ. 70 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted 71 by John Majikes of IBM. 72 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across 73 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee. 74 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection 75 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil 76 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 77 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with 78 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems). 79 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr.. 80 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem 81 noted by Matthias Andree. 82 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some 83 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland. 84 Portability: 85 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25). 86 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken 87 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires 88 an argument, hence the builtin version of 89 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden 90 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by 91 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 92 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University 93 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 94 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson 95 of the TrustedBSD Project. 96 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX 97 system from Michel Bourget of SGI. 98 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman. 99 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky 100 Corporation. 101 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez. 102 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks 103 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik. 104 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus 105 DNS entries to get around access restrictions. 106 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting. 107 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default 108 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost 109 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or 110 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then 111 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment 112 in the file itself. 113 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid 114 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending 115 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of 116 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 117 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings. 118 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to 119 relay. 120 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included 121 in access_db. 122 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell. 123 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if 124 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs. 125 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 126 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64. 127 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole 128 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 129 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 130 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 131 Sun Microsystems. 132 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3) 133 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 134 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 135 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 136 iDEFENSE, Inc. 137 New Files: 138 devtools/OS/Interix 139 include/sm/bdb.h 140 1418.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 142 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 143 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 144 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 145 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 146 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 147 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 148 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 149 Courtesan Consulting. 150 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 151 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 152 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 153 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 154 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 155 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 156 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 157 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 158 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 159 Earickson of Colby College. 160 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 161 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 162 Courtesan Consulting. 163 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 164 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 165 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 166 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 167 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 168 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 169 execve(). 170 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 171 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 172 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 173 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 174 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 175 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 176 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 177 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 178 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 179 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 180 supposed for addresses on the header content. 181 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 182 Portability: 183 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 184 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 185 fix from Scott Walters. 186 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 187 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 188 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 189 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 190 NETISO support has been dropped. 191 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 192 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 193 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 194 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 195 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 196 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 197 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 198 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 199 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 200 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 201 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 202 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 203 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 204 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 205 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 206 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 207 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 208 University. 209 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 210 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 211 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 212 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 213 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 214 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 215 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 216 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 217 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 218 New Files: 219 contrib/etrn.0 220 2218.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 222 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 223 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 224 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 225 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 226 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 227 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 228 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 229 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 230 with rogue DNS servers. 231 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 232 by Bryan Costales. 233 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 234 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 235 Costales. 236 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 237 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 238 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 239 Polytechnic Institute. 240 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 241 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 242 Portability: 243 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 244 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 245 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 246 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 247 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 248 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 249 8.13 will change the default locking method to 250 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 251 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 252 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 253 related programs to match locking techniques. 254 2558.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 256 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 257 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 258 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 259 section of the top level README for more information. 260 Problem noted by lumpy. 261 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 262 instead of 0644. 263 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 264 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 265 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 266 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 267 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 268 Purdue University. 269 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 270 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 271 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 272 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 273 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 274 of Active State. 275 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 276 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 277 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 278 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 279 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 280 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 281 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 282 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 283 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 284 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 285 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 286 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 287 or the queue. 288 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 289 user who started sendmail. 290 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 291 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 292 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 293 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 294 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 295 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 296 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 297 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 298 Portability: 299 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 300 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 301 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 302 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 303 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 304 Charles University in Prague. 305 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 306 memory. 307 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 308 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 309 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 310 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 311 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 312 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 313 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 314 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 315 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 316 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 317 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 318 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 319 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 320 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 321 noted by Bryan Costales. 322 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 323 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 324 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 325 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 326 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 327 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 328 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 329 match dnsbl change. 330 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 331 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 332 installing the sendmail statistics file. 333 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 334 a user's filter starts other applications. 335 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 336 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 337 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 338 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 339 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 340 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 341 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 342 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 343 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 344 noted by Bryan Costales. 345 New Files: 346 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 347 3488.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 349 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 350 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 351 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 352 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 353 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 354 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 355 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 356 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 357 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 358 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 359 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 360 University. 361 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 362 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 363 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 364 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 365 of INTERMETA. 366 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 367 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 368 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 369 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 370 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 371 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 372 ActiveState. 373 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 374 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 375 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 376 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 377 Northern Illinois University. 378 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 379 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 380 of Dinoex. 381 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 382 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 383 Polytechnic Institute. 384 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 385 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 386 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 387 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 388 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 389 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 390 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 391 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 392 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 393 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 394 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 395 missing arguments. 396 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 397 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 398 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 399 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 400 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 401 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 402 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 403 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 404 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 405 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 406 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 407 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 408 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 409 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 410 of Concordia University. 411 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 412 found by Mario Nigrovic. 413 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 414 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 415 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 416 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 417 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 418 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 419 Elvers. 420 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 421 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 422 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 423 total number of TCP connections. 424 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 425 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 426 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 427 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 428 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 429 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 430 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 431 Texas. 432 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 433 to 451. 434 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 435 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 436 patch by Bryan Costales. 437 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 438 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 439 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 440 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 441 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 442 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 443 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 444 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 445 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 446 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 447 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 448 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 449 command). 450 Portability: 451 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 452 available. 453 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 454 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 455 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 456 Skyrr. 457 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 458 noted by John Beck. 459 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 460 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 461 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 462 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 463 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 464 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 465 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 466 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 467 error. 468 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 469 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 470 Krzysztof Oledzki. 471 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 472 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 473 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 474 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 475 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 476 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 477 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 478 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 479 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 480 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 481 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 482 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 483 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 484 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 485 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 486 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 487 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 488 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 489 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 490 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 491 noted by John Beck. 492 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 493 if queue groups are used. 494 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 495 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 496 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 497 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 498 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 499 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 500 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 501 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 502 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 503 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 504 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 505 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 506 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 507 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 508 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 509 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 510 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 511 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 512 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 513 ldap_memfree(). 514 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 515 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 516 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 517 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 518 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 519 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 520 San Francisco. 521 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 522 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 523 Joe Barbish. 524 New Files: 525 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 526 5278.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 528 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 529 at startup, only log an error message. 530 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 531 following -b) has been specified. 532 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 533 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 534 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 535 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 536 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 537 Regensburg. 538 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 539 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 540 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 541 Institute of Mining and Technology. 542 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 543 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 544 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 545 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 546 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 547 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 548 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 549 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 550 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 551 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 552 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 553 SMTP connections. 554 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 555 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 556 and Technology. 557 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 558 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 559 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 560 Meteorological Institute. 561 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 562 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 563 Online. 564 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 565 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 566 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 567 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 568 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 569 types, respectively. 570 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 571 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 572 of Virginia Tech. 573 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 574 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 575 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 576 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 577 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 578 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 579 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 580 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 581 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 582 of Vienna. 583 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 584 of Sun Microsystems. 585 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 586 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 587 with servers that do not support realms when using 588 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 589 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 590 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 591 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 592 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 593 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 594 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 595 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 596 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 597 instead of forcing localhost. 598 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 599 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 600 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 601 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 602 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 603 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 604 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 605 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 606 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 607 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 608 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 609 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 610 Compaq Computer Corp. 611 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 612 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 613 Tech. 614 Portability: 615 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 616 patch provided by HP. 617 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 618 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 619 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 620 Sachin of Siemens. 621 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 622 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 623 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 624 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 625 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 626 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 627 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 628 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 629 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 630 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 631 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 632 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 633 Hewlett-Packard. 634 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 635 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 636 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 637 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 638 Virginia Tech. 639 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 640 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 641 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 642 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 643 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 644 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 645 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 646 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 647 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 648 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 649 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 650 Florida. 651 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 652 Altin Waldmann. 653 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 654 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 655 Hewlett-Packard. 656 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 657 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 658 of MSFU. 659 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 660 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 661 Institute. 662 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 663 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 664 to free memory twice. 665 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 666 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 667 of Sun Microsystems. 668 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 669 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 670 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 671 University of Athens. 672 New Files: 673 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 674 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 675 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 676 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 677 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 678 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 679 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 680 libsm/mpeix.c 681 6828.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 683 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 684 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 685 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 686 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 687 found by Michal Zalewski. 688 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 689 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 690 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 691 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 692 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 693 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 694 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 695 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 696 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 697 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 698 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 699 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 700 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 701 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 702 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 703 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 704 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 705 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 706 canonical name for a host. 707 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 708 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 709 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 710 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 711 Portability: 712 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 713 `uname` does not given complete information. 714 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 715 Aircraft Company. 716 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 717 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 718 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 719 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 720 Courtesan Consulting. 721 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 722 problems with potential misconfigurations. 723 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 724 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 725 Technology Organisation of Australia. 726 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 727 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 728 then use it. 729 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 730 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 731 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 732 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 733 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 734 and vacation. 735 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 736 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 737 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 738 New Files: 739 test/Build 740 test/Makefile 741 test/Makefile.m4 742 test/README 743 test/t_dropgid.c 744 test/t_setgid.c 745 Deleted Files: 746 include/sm/stdio.h 747 include/sm/sysstat.h 748 7498.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 750 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 751 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 752 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 753 default). The installation process tries to install 754 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 755 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 756 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 757 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 758 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 759 flags: 760 GroupWritableForwardFile 761 WorldWritableForwardFile 762 GroupWritableIncludeFile 763 WorldWritableIncludeFile 764 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 765 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 766 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 767 (IdS). 768 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 769 point where the variable could become overused for more than 770 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 771 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 772 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 773 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 774 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 775 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 776 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 777 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 778 see sendmail/SECURITY. 779 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 780 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 781 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 782 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 783 sendmail/SECURITY. 784 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 785 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 786 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 787 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 788 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 789 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 790 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 791 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 792 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 793 command has been removed. 794 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 795 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 796 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 797 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 798 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 799 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 800 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 801 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 802 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 803 supported. 804 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 805 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 806 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 807 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 808 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 809 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 810 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 811 creation rather than just before delivery. 812 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 813 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 814 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 815 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 816 preference matches (coattail). 817 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 818 try other MX hosts if available. 819 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 820 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 821 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 822 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 823 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 824 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 825 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 826 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 827 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 828 removed in future versions. 829 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 830 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 831 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 832 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 833 doc/op/op.me for details. 834 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 835 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 836 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 837 of the presented certificate, respectively. 838 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 839 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 840 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 841 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 842 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 843 enough on a per recipient basis. 844 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 845 for STARTTLS. 846 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 847 value "NOT". 848 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 849 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 850 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 851 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 852 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 853 really required. This change results in a noticable 854 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 855 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 856 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 857 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 858 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 859 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 860 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 861 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 862 command line, then the value also limits the number of 863 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 864 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 865 by a queue run. 866 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 867 system each queue directory resides in. 868 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 869 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 870 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 871 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 872 collected together) to process the same work list at the 873 same time. 874 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 875 active queue runner processes. 876 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 877 runners per queue group. 878 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 879 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 880 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 881 of the queue that match during processing. 882 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 883 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 884 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 885 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 886 persistent queue runner. 887 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 888 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 889 sendmail -q15m). 890 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 891 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 892 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 893 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 894 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 895 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 896 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 897 of the qf file (older entries first). 898 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 899 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 900 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 901 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 902 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 903 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 904 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 905 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 906 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 907 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 908 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 909 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 910 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 911 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 912 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 913 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 914 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 915 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 916 details. 917 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 918 the number of entries in the queue(s). 919 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 920 and the usual documentation for details. 921 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 922 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 923 announced in 8.10. 924 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 925 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 926 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 927 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 928 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 929 -r (number of retries). 930 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 931 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 932 and value separated by the given separator. 933 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 934 to map class arith. 935 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 936 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 937 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 938 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 939 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 940 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 941 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 942 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 943 filenames with spaces). 944 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 945 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 946 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 947 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 948 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 949 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 950 to the loopback net. 951 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 952 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 953 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 954 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 955 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 956 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 957 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 958 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 959 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 960 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 961 Development Group. 962 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 963 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 964 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 965 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 966 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 967 load average is exceeded. 968 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 969 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 970 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 971 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 972 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 973 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 974 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 975 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 976 instead. 977 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 978 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 979 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 980 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 981 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 982 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 983 for direct (command line) submissions. 984 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 985 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 986 Hagino of the KAME Project. 987 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 988 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 989 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 990 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 991 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 992 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 993 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 994 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 995 before logging. 996 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 997 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 998 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 999 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 1000 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 1001 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 1002 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 1003 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 1004 of the Universitat Regensburg. 1005 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 1006 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 1007 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 1008 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 1009 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 1010 See libsm/index.html for details. 1011 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 1012 care of by fork() and exit(). 1013 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 1014 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 1015 new and old (from new libsm). 1016 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 1017 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 1018 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 1019 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 1020 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 1021 synchronizations calls. 1022 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 1023 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 1024 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 1025 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 1026 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 1027 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 1028 for details. 1029 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 1030 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 1031 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 1032 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1033 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 1034 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 1035 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1036 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 1037 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 1038 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 1039 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 1040 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 1041 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 1042 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 1043 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 1044 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 1045 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 1046 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 1047 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 1048 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 1049 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 1050 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 1051 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 1052 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 1053 Urbana-Champaign. 1054 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 1055 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 1056 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 1057 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 1058 connections. 1059 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 1060 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 1061 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 1062 cf/README. 1063 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 1064 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 1065 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 1066 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 1067 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 1068 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 1069 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 1070 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 1071 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 1072 example). 1073 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 1074 the default schema used in the above two items. 1075 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 1076 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1077 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 1078 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 1079 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1080 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 1081 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 1082 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 1083 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 1084 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 1085 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 1086 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 1087 HELO/EHLO commands. 1088 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 1089 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 1090 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 1091 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 1092 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 1093 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 1094 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1095 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 1096 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 1097 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 1098 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 1099 (verbose) command line option. 1100 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 1101 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 1102 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 1103 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1104 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 1105 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 1106 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1107 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 1108 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 1109 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 1110 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 1111 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 1112 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 1113 British Columbia. 1114 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 1115 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 1116 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 1117 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 1118 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 1119 if required. 1120 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 1121 class instead. 1122 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 1123 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 1124 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 1125 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 1126 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 1127 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 1128 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 1129 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 1130 Nelson of IBM. 1131 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 1132 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 1133 configurable during compile time. The current values and 1134 their defaults are: 1135 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 1136 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 1137 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 1138 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 1139 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 1140 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 1141 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1142 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 1143 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 1144 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 1145 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1146 Meteorological Institute. 1147 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 1148 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 1149 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 1150 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 1151 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 1152 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1153 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 1154 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 1155 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 1156 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 1157 See sendmail/README for further information. 1158 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 1159 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 1160 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 1161 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 1162 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1163 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1164 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 1165 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 1166 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 1167 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 1168 flora.ca. 1169 Portability: 1170 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 1171 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 1172 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1173 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 1174 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 1175 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 1176 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 1177 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 1178 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1179 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 1180 Solaris 8 and later. 1181 Add support for OpenUNIX. 1182 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 1183 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 1184 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 1185 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 1186 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 1187 temporary lookup failures. 1188 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 1189 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 1190 or IP nets. 1191 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 1192 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 1193 to get through. 1194 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 1195 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 1196 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 1197 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 1198 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 1199 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 1200 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 1201 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 1202 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 1203 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 1204 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 1205 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1206 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 1207 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 1208 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 1209 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 1210 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 1211 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 1212 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 1213 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 1214 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 1215 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 1216 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 1217 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 1218 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1219 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 1220 cf/README for details. 1221 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 1222 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 1223 University of Maryland. 1224 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 1225 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 1226 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 1227 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 1228 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 1229 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 1230 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 1231 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 1232 Solving. 1233 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 1234 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 1235 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 1236 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 1237 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 1238 immediately. 1239 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 1240 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 1241 See cf/README for details. 1242 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 1243 temporary lookup failures. 1244 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 1245 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 1246 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 1247 memory use. 1248 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 1249 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 1250 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 1251 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 1252 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 1253 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 1254 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1255 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 1256 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1257 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 1258 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 1259 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 1260 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 1261 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 1262 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 1263 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 1264 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 1265 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 1266 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 1267 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 1268 additional details. 1269 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1270 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 1271 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 1272 information. 1273 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 1274 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 1275 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 1276 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 1277 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 1278 recipients as user unknown. 1279 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 1280 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 1281 section of cf/README for more information. 1282 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 1283 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 1284 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 1285 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 1286 which takes the options as argument and can be used 1287 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 1288 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 1289 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 1290 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 1291 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 1292 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 1293 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 1294 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 1295 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 1296 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 1297 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 1298 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 1299 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 1300 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 1301 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 1302 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 1303 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 1304 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 1305 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 1306 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 1307 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 1308 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 1309 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 1310 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 1311 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 1312 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 1313 doc/op/op.me for details. 1314 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 1315 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 1316 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1317 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 1318 dequote map. 1319 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 1320 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 1321 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 1322 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 1323 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 1324 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 1325 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 1326 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 1327 This affects the access database as well as the 1328 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 1329 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 1330 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 1331 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 1332 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 1333 Mississippi State University. 1334 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 1335 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 1336 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 1337 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 1338 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1339 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 1340 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 1341 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 1342 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 1343 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 1344 systems which don't include cat directories. 1345 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 1346 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1347 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 1348 mailbox database type. 1349 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 1350 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 1351 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 1352 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 1353 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 1354 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 1355 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 1356 instead of white space. 1357 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 1358 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1359 Meteorological Institute. 1360 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 1361 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 1362 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1363 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 1364 instead of syslog. 1365 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 1366 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 1367 to specify the database and message file since there is no 1368 home directory for the default settings for these options. 1369 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1370 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 1371 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 1372 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 1373 New Directories: 1374 libmilter/docs 1375 New Files: 1376 cf/cf/README 1377 cf/cf/submit.cf 1378 cf/cf/submit.mc 1379 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 1380 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 1381 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 1382 cf/feature/msp.m4 1383 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 1384 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 1385 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 1386 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 1387 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 1388 cf/sendmail.schema 1389 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 1390 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 1391 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 1392 editmap/* 1393 include/sm/* 1394 libsm/* 1395 libsmutil/cf.c 1396 libsmutil/err.c 1397 sendmail/SECURITY 1398 sendmail/TUNING 1399 sendmail/bf.c 1400 sendmail/bf.h 1401 sendmail/sasl.c 1402 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 1403 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 1404 sendmail/tls.c 1405 Deleted Files: 1406 cf/feature/rbl.m4 1407 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 1408 devtools/OS/AIX.2 1409 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 1410 include/sendmail/errstring.h 1411 include/sendmail/useful.h 1412 libsmutil/errstring.c 1413 sendmail/bf_portable.c 1414 sendmail/bf_portable.h 1415 sendmail/bf_torek.c 1416 sendmail/bf_torek.h 1417 sendmail/clock.c 1418 Renamed Files: 1419 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 1420 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 1421 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 1422 14238.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 1424 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 1425 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 1426 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 1427 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 1428 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 1429 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 1430 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 1431 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 1432 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 1433 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 1434 Werner Wiethege. 1435 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 1436 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 1437 14388.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 1439 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 1440 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 1441 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 1442 of SE Netway Communications. 1443 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 1444 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1445 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 1446 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 1447 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 1448 Bosserman of EarthLink. 1449 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 1450 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 1451 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 1452 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 1453 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 1454 University College. 1455 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 1456 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 1457 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 1458 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 1459 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 1460 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 1461 University at Albany. 1462 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 1463 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 1464 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 1465 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 1466 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 1467 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 1468 Portability: 1469 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 1470 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 1471 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 1472 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 1473 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 1474 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 1475 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 1476 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 1477 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 1478 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 1479 14808.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 1481 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 1482 corruption and other potential race conditions. 1483 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 1484 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 1485 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 1486 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 1487 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 1488 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 1489 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 1490 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 1491 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 1492 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 1493 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 1494 from Kenji Miyake. 1495 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 1496 QueueDirectory wildcards. 1497 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 1498 the same map again while exiting. 1499 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 1500 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 1501 of Tuebingen. 1502 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 1503 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 1504 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 1505 Oklahoma State University. 1506 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 1507 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 1508 InTouch Systems, Inc. 1509 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 1510 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 1511 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 1512 Morgan Stanley. 1513 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 1514 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 1515 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1516 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 1517 from Werner Wiethege. 1518 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 1519 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 1520 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 1521 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 1522 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 1523 Internet Services. 1524 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 1525 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1526 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 1527 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1528 Portability: 1529 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 1530 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 1531 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 1532 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 1533 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 1534 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1535 Meteorological Institute. 1536 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 1537 since it generates random process ids. 1538 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 1539 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 1540 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1541 New Files: 1542 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 1543 15448.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 1545 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 1546 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 1547 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1548 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1549 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 1550 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 1551 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 1552 communications consulting gmbh. 1553 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 1554 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1555 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 1556 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 1557 connection came in from the command line. 1558 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 1559 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 1560 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1561 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 1562 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 1563 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 1564 when they were committed. 1565 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 1566 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 1567 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 1568 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 1569 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 1570 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 1571 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 1572 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 1573 University. 1574 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 1575 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 1576 accept() completes. 1577 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 1578 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 1579 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 1580 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 1581 Wellcome. 1582 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 1583 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 1584 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 1585 University. 1586 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 1587 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 1588 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 1589 University of New Brunswick. 1590 Portability: 1591 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 1592 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 1593 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 1594 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 1595 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1596 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 1597 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 1598 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1599 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 1600 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 1601 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 1602 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 1603 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 1604 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 1605 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 1606 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 1607 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 1608 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 1609 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 1610 Institute. 1611 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 1612 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 1613 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1614 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 1615 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 1616 Renamed Files: 1617 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 1618 16198.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 1620 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 1621 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 1622 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 1623 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 1624 Schools" project (IdS). 1625 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 1626 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 1627 be enabled by compiling with: 1628 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 1629 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 1630 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 1631 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 1632 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 1633 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 1634 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 1635 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 1636 Colby College. 1637 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 1638 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 1639 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 1640 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 1641 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 1642 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 1643 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 1644 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 1645 NxNetworks, Inc. 1646 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 1647 client name. 1648 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 1649 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 1650 the Universitat Regensburg. 1651 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 1652 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 1653 University of Arizona. 1654 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 1655 of Collective Technologies. 1656 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 1657 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 1658 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 1659 Engineering. 1660 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 1661 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1662 Meteorological Institute. 1663 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 1664 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1665 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1666 Meteorological Institute. 1667 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 1668 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 1669 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 1670 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1671 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 1672 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 1673 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 1674 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 1675 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 1676 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1677 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 1678 overall connections, not the number of connections per 1679 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 1680 counting. 1681 Portability: 1682 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 1683 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 1684 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 1685 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 1686 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 1687 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 1688 Rosenman. 1689 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 1690 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1691 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 1692 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 1693 of Pacific Access. 1694 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 1695 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1696 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 1697 Microsystems. 1698 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 1699 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 1700 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1701 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 1702 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 1703 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 1704 implicitly assume canonical host names. 1705 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 1706 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1707 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 1708 Virginia Tech. 1709 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 1710 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 1711 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1712 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 1713 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 1714 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 1715 gmbh. 1716 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 1717 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1718 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 1719 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 1720 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 1721 of Kyoto University. 1722 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 1723 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 1724 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 1725 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 1726 version. 1727 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 1728 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 1729 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1730 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 1731 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 1732 or *-owner. 1733 New Files: 1734 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 1735 contrib/buildvirtuser 1736 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 1737 17388.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 1739 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 1740 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1741 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 1742 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 1743 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 1744 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 1745 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1746 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 1747 wildcards. 1748 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 1749 process may close the connection before the child process 1750 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 1751 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 1752 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 1753 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 1754 read the LDAP secret from a file. 1755 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 1756 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 1757 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 1758 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1759 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 1760 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 1761 of EarthLink. 1762 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 1763 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 1764 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 1765 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1766 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 1767 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1768 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 1769 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 1770 Fournier of Acadia University. 1771 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 1772 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 1773 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 1774 one of the others may be able to take over. 1775 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 1776 previous load average query result. 1777 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 1778 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 1779 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 1780 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1781 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 1782 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 1783 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 1784 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 1785 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1786 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 1787 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 1788 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 1789 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 1790 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 1791 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 1792 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 1793 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 1794 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 1795 University of British Columbia. 1796 Portability: 1797 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 1798 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 1799 override the setting. Suggested by 1800 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 1801 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 1802 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 1803 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 1804 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 1805 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 1806 College. 1807 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 1808 Tom Moore of NCR. 1809 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 1810 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 1811 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 1812 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 1813 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1814 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 1815 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 1816 Consulting. 1817 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 1818 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 1819 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 1820 errors in the MAIL address. 1821 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 1822 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 1823 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 1824 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1825 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 1826 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 1827 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 1828 Ericsson. 1829 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 1830 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 1831 mailer as described in cf/README. 1832 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 1833 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 1834 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 1835 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 1836 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 1837 sendmail. 1838 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 1839 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1840 Meteorological Institute. 1841 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 1842 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 1843 dot as the only character on the line. 1844 New Files: 1845 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 1846 18478.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 1848 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 1849 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 1850 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 1851 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 1852 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 1853 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 1854 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1855 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 1856 it populates. It is possible that some broken 1857 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 1858 Systems in this category should compile with 1859 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 1860 system and report broken implementations to 1861 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 1862 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 1863 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 1864 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 1865 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 1866 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 1867 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 1868 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 1869 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 1870 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 1871 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 1872 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 1873 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 1874 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 1875 random data. 1876 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 1877 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 1878 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 1879 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 1880 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 1881 Martin of CMU. 1882 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 1883 strength factor. 1884 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 1885 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 1886 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 1887 of CMU. 1888 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 1889 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 1890 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 1891 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 1892 documented, unless a family is specified in a 1893 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 1894 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 1895 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 1896 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 1897 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 1898 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1899 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 1900 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 1901 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 1902 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 1903 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 1904 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1905 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 1906 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 1907 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 1908 of Sun Microsystems. 1909 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 1910 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 1911 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 1912 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 1913 the incoming information in the queue file for later 1914 delivery attempts. 1915 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 1916 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 1917 smoe.org. 1918 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 1919 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 1920 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1921 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 1922 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 1923 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 1924 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 1925 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 1926 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1927 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 1928 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 1929 Hedeland of Ericsson. 1930 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 1931 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 1932 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 1933 of Northern Illinois University. 1934 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 1935 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1936 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 1937 to kilobyte units. 1938 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 1939 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 1940 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 1941 Polytechnic. 1942 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 1943 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 1944 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 1945 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1946 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 1947 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 1948 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1949 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 1950 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1951 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 1952 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 1953 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 1954 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 1955 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 1956 G. Thomas Consulting. 1957 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 1958 port number (113). 1959 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 1960 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1961 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 1962 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 1963 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1964 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 1965 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 1966 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 1967 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 1968 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 1969 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 1970 University of Mainz. 1971 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 1972 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 1973 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 1974 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1975 Portability: 1976 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 1977 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 1978 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 1979 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 1980 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 1981 work properly causing problems if the accept() 1982 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 1983 from Tom Moore of NCR. 1984 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 1985 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 1986 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 1987 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 1988 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 1989 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 1990 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 1991 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 1992 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1993 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 1994 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 1995 confCACERT CACERTFile 1996 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 1997 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 1998 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 1999 confRAND_FILE RandFile 2000 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 2001 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 2002 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 2003 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 2004 cf/README for more information. 2005 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 2006 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 2007 called due to a STARTTLS command. 2008 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 2009 instead of temporary. 2010 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 2011 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 2012 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 2013 Consulting. 2014 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 2015 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 2016 RootsWeb.com. 2017 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 2018 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 2019 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 2020 University of Maryland. 2021 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 2022 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 2023 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 2024 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 2025 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 2026 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 2027 of the University of Alberta. 2028 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 2029 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 2030 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 2031 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 2032 of X.509 certificates. 2033 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 2034 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 2035 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 2036 Universitat Regensburg. 2037 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 2038 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2039 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 2040 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2041 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 2042 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2043 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 2044 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 2045 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2046 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 2047 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 2048 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 2049 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 2050 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 2051 University. 2052 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 2053 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 2054 links. 2055 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 2056 reported. 2057 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 2058 Denman Tire Corporation. 2059 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 2060 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 2061 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 2062 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 2063 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 2064 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 2065 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 2066 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 2067 have a From line. 2068 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 2069 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 2070 Added Files: 2071 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 2072 contrib/cidrexpand 2073 contrib/link_hash.sh 2074 contrib/movemail.conf 2075 contrib/movemail.pl 2076 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 2077 test/t_snprintf.c 2078 20798.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 2080 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 2081 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 2082 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 2083 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 2084 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 2085 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 2086 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 2087 Added Files: 2088 test/t_setuid.c 2089 20908.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 2091 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 2092 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 2093 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 2094 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 2095 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 2096 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 2097 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 2098 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 2099 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 2100 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 2101 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 2102 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2103 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 2104 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 2105 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2106 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 2107 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 2108 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 2109 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 2110 or higher. 2111 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 2112 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 2113 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 2114 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 2115 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2116 Polytechnic Institute. 2117 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 2118 discards the message. 2119 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 2120 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 2121 attempted to the alias. 2122 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 2123 flag options. 2124 Portability: 2125 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 2126 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 2127 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 2128 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 2129 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2130 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 2131 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 2132 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 2133 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 2134 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 2135 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 2136 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 2137 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 2138 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 2139 Services, LLC. 2140 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 2141 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 2142 Courtesan Consulting. 2143 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 2144 Siemens Business Services. 2145 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 2146 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 2147 of WSRCC. 2148 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 2149 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 2150 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 2151 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 2152 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 2153 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 2154 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 2155 of NEC. 2156 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 2157 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2158 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 2159 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 2160 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 2161 Virginia Tech. 2162 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 2163 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 2164 University. 2165 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 2166 for other internal projects but included in the open source 2167 release. 2168 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 2169 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 2170 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 2171 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 2172 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 2173 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 2174 Sendmail. 2175 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 2176 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 2177 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2178 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 2179 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 2180 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 2181 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 2182 Northern Illinois University. 2183 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 2184 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 2185 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 2186 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2187 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 2188 Polytechnique de Montreal. 2189 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 2190 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 2191 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 2192 Added Files: 2193 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 2194 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 2195 Deleted Files: 2196 contrib/converting.sun.configs 2197 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 2198 doc/intro 2199 doc/usenix 2200 doc/changes 2201 22028.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 2203 ************************************************************* 2204 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 2205 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 2206 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 2207 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 2208 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 2209 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 2210 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 2211 * coach, and a friend. * 2212 * * 2213 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 2214 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 2215 * Julie, we miss you! * 2216 ************************************************************* 2217 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 2218 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 2219 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 2220 symbolic link target. 2221 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 2222 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 2223 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2224 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 2225 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 2226 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 2227 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 2228 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 2229 version of sendmail. 2230 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 2231 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 2232 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 2233 (IdS). 2234 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 2235 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 2236 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 2237 for easier code sharing among the programs. 2238 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 2239 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 2240 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 2241 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 2242 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 2243 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 2244 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 2245 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 2246 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 2247 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2248 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 2249 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 2250 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2251 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 2252 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 2253 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2254 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 2255 now listen on several different ports. Use: 2256 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 2257 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 2258 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 2259 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 2260 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 2261 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 2262 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 2263 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 2264 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 2265 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 2266 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 2267 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 2268 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 2269 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 2270 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 2271 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 2272 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 2273 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 2274 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 2275 accordingly. 2276 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 2277 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 2278 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 2279 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 2280 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 2281 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 2282 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 2283 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 2284 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 2285 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 2286 InCert Software. 2287 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 2288 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 2289 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 2290 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 2291 a control socket request. 2292 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 2293 settings: 2294 Timeout.resolver.retrans 2295 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2296 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2297 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 2298 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2299 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2300 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 2301 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 2302 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2303 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 2304 delivery attempt. 2305 Timeout.resolver.retry 2306 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2307 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2308 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 2309 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2310 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2311 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 2312 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 2313 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2314 query for all resolver lookups except the first 2315 delivery attempt. 2316 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2317 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 2318 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 2319 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 2320 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 2321 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 2322 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 2323 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 2324 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 2325 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 2326 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2327 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 2328 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 2329 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 2330 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 2331 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 2332 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 2333 Telecommunications Ltd. 2334 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 2335 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 2336 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 2337 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 2338 Inc. 2339 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 2340 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 2341 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2342 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 2343 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2344 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 2345 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 2346 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2347 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 2348 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 2349 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 2350 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 2351 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 2352 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 2353 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 2354 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 2355 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2356 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 2357 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 2358 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 2359 Ltd. 2360 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 2361 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 2362 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 2363 example mailer might be: 2364 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 2365 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 2366 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 2367 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 2368 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 2369 instead. 2370 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 2371 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 2372 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 2373 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 2374 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 2375 flags. 2376 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 2377 body of the original message on delivery status 2378 notifications. 2379 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 2380 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2381 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 2382 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 2383 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 2384 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 2385 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 2386 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2387 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 2388 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 2389 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 2390 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 2391 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 2392 Conwell of Boston University. 2393 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 2394 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 2395 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 2396 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 2397 @Home Network. 2398 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 2399 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 2400 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 2401 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 2402 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 2403 similar to check_rcpt etc. 2404 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 2405 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 2406 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 2407 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 2408 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2409 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 2410 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 2411 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2412 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 2413 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 2414 Mathias Herberts. 2415 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 2416 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 2417 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 2418 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 2419 in check_compat). 2420 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 2421 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 2422 option. 2423 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 2424 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 2425 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2426 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 2427 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 2428 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 2429 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 2430 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2431 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 2432 is set. 2433 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 2434 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 2435 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 2436 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 2437 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 2438 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 2439 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 2440 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 2441 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 2442 a denial-of-service attack. 2443 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 2444 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 2445 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 2446 overflow attacks. 2447 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 2448 alias recursion. 2449 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 2450 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 2451 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 2452 directly before the newline. 2453 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 2454 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 2455 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 2456 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 2457 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 2458 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 2459 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 2460 could not be opened. 2461 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 2462 value of this option is macro expanded. 2463 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 2464 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 2465 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 2466 (along with the already existing macros): 2467 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 2468 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 2469 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 2470 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 2471 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 2472 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 2473 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 2474 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 2475 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 2476 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 2477 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 2478 loopback net. 2479 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 2480 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 2481 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 2482 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 2483 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 2484 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 2485 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2486 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 2487 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 2488 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 2489 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 2490 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2491 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 2492 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 2493 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 2494 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 2495 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 2496 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 2497 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 2498 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 2499 Ericsson. 2500 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 2501 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 2502 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 2503 of Ericsson. 2504 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 2505 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 2506 of Renaissance Internet Services. 2507 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 2508 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 2509 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 2510 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 2511 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 2512 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 2513 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 2514 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 2515 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 2516 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 2517 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 2518 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 2519 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 2520 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2521 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 2522 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 2523 equate name. 2524 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 2525 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 2526 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 2527 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 2528 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 2529 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 2530 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 2531 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 2532 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 2533 David Cooley of Colby College. 2534 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 2535 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 2536 already decided the message will be passed to another host 2537 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 2538 Buckeridge Young Limited. 2539 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 2540 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 2541 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 2542 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 2543 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 2544 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 2545 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 2546 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 2547 of Stanford University. 2548 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 2549 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 2550 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 2551 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 2552 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 2553 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 2554 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 2555 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 2556 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 2557 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 2558 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 2559 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 2560 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 2561 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 2562 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 2563 attributes found in the match will be returned. 2564 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 2565 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 2566 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 2567 comma separated key and value strings. 2568 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 2569 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 2570 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 2571 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 2572 a single connection to that host. 2573 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 2574 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 2575 LDAP lookups. 2576 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 2577 resources. 2578 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 2579 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 2580 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 2581 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 2582 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 2583 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 2584 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 2585 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 2586 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 2587 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 2588 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 2589 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 2590 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 2591 with the name "*". 2592 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 2593 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 2594 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 2595 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 2596 matches to return. 2597 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 2598 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 2599 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 2600 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 2601 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 2602 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 2603 are defined. 2604 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 2605 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 2606 Tech. 2607 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 2608 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 2609 important if you have large classes. 2610 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 2611 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 2612 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2613 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 2614 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 2615 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 2616 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 2617 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 2618 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 2619 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 2620 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 2621 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 2622 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 2623 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 2624 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 2625 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 2626 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 2627 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 2628 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 2629 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 2630 determined). For single processor machines, this change 2631 has no effect. 2632 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 2633 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2634 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 2635 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2636 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 2637 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 2638 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 2639 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 2640 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 2641 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 2642 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 2643 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 2644 connection-based denial of service attacks. 2645 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 2646 10 or higher. 2647 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 2648 information (from= syslog line). 2649 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 2650 equate (dsn=). 2651 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 2652 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More 2653 information is available at 2654 http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/. Contributed by Mark 2655 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2656 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 2657 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 2658 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2659 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 2660 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2661 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 2662 the program as the default user and the default group, not 2663 the forward file user. This change also assures the 2664 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 2665 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 2666 Popovici of DNT Romania. 2667 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 2668 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 2669 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 2670 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 2671 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 2672 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 2673 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 2674 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 2675 helpful to know the sender of the message. 2676 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 2677 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2678 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 2679 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 2680 multiple files. 2681 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 2682 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 2683 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 2684 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 2685 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 2686 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 2687 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 2688 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 2689 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 2690 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 2691 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 2692 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 2693 length before the attempt. 2694 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 2695 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 2696 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 2697 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 2698 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 2699 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 2700 host status files, not all files. 2701 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 2702 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 2703 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 2704 Wonderworks Inc. 2705 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 2706 macro map class. This can be used to store information 2707 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 2708 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 2709 of Hannover. 2710 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 2711 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 2712 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 2713 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 2714 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 2715 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 2716 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 2717 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 2718 flag: 2719 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 2720 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 2721 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 2722 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 2723 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 2724 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 2725 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 2726 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 2727 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 2728 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 2729 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 2730 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 2731 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 2732 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 2733 version. 2734 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 2735 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 2736 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 2737 if referencing a named ruleset. 2738 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 2739 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 2740 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 2741 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 2742 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 2743 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 2744 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 2745 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 2746 the University of Maryland. 2747 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 2748 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 2749 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 2750 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 2751 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 2752 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 2753 COMMANDS). 2754 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 2755 but for outgoing connections. 2756 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 2757 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 2758 a require authentication 2759 b bind to interface through which mail has 2760 been received 2761 c perform hostname canonification 2762 f require fully qualified hostname 2763 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 2764 command 2765 C don't perform hostname canonification 2766 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 2767 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 2768 h use name of interface for HELO command 2769 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 2770 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 2771 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 2772 Institutes of Health. 2773 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 2774 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 2775 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 2776 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 2777 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2778 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 2779 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 2780 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 2781 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 2782 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 2783 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 2784 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 2785 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2786 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 2787 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 2788 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 2789 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 2790 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 2791 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 2792 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 2793 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 2794 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 2795 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 2796 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 2797 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2798 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 2799 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 2800 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 2801 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 2802 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 2803 timeout. 2804 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 2805 interface address structure when loading the system network 2806 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 2807 Nanoteq. 2808 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 2809 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 2810 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 2811 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 2812 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 2813 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 2814 on load average. 2815 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2816 Northern Illinois University. 2817 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 2818 envelope splitting has occurred. 2819 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 2820 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 2821 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 2822 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 2823 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 2824 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2825 Institute. 2826 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 2827 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 2828 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 2829 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 2830 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 2831 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 2832 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2833 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 2834 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2835 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 2836 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2837 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 2838 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 2839 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 2840 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2841 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 2842 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 2843 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 2844 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2845 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 2846 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 2847 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 2848 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2849 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 2850 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 2851 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 2852 University. 2853 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 2854 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 2855 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 2856 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 2857 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 2858 ruleset lines as well. 2859 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 2860 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 2861 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 2862 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2863 Institute. 2864 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 2865 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 2866 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 2867 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 2868 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 2869 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 2870 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 2871 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 2872 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 2873 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 2874 of Ericsson. 2875 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 2876 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 2877 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 2878 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2879 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 2880 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 2881 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 2882 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 2883 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 2884 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 2885 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 2886 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 2887 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 2888 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 2889 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 2890 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 2891 University. 2892 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 2893 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 2894 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 2895 'sendmail -bs'. 2896 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 2897 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 2898 them in the .cf file. 2899 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 2900 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 2901 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 2902 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 2903 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 2904 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 2905 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 2906 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 2907 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2908 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 2909 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 2910 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 2911 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 2912 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2913 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 2914 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2915 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 2916 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 2917 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 2918 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 2919 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 2920 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 2921 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 2922 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 2923 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 2924 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 2925 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2926 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 2927 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 2928 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 2929 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2930 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 2931 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 2932 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 2933 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 2934 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 2935 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2936 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 2937 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 2938 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 2939 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 2940 don't fail on ANY queries. 2941 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 2942 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 2943 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2944 Northern Illinois University. 2945 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 2946 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 2947 State University. 2948 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 2949 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2950 Northern Illinois University. 2951 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 2952 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 2953 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 2954 Portability: 2955 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 2956 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 2957 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 2958 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 2959 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2960 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 2961 This allows network interface probing to work 2962 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 2963 University of Iowa. 2964 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 2965 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 2966 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 2967 name. 2968 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 2969 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 2970 Virginia Tech. 2971 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 2972 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 2973 Amsterdam. 2974 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 2975 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 2976 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 2977 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 2978 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 2979 in building the operating system. Users can 2980 override the defaults by setting confCC and 2981 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 2982 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 2983 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 2984 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 2985 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 2986 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 2987 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 2988 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 2989 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 2990 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 2991 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 2992 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 2993 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2994 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 2995 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 2996 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 2997 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 2998 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 2999 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 3000 use that value in conf.h. 3001 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 3002 BITart Consulting. 3003 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 3004 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 3005 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 3006 Computer, Inc. 3007 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 3008 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 3009 of E I A. 3010 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 3011 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 3012 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 3013 fchown(2). 3014 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 3015 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 3016 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 3017 srandomdev(3). 3018 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 3019 setlogin(2). 3020 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 3021 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 3022 Siemens Business Services. 3023 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 3024 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 3025 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 3026 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 3027 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 3028 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 3029 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3030 Aerospace. 3031 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 3032 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 3033 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 3034 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 3035 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 3036 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 3037 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 3038 University. 3039 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 3040 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 3041 Technology Information Network. 3042 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 3043 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 3044 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3045 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 3046 and OpenBSD. 3047 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 3048 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 3049 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 3050 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3051 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 3052 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 3053 details. 3054 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 3055 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 3056 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 3057 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 3058 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3059 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 3060 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 3061 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 3062 Courtesan Consulting. 3063 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 3064 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 3065 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 3066 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 3067 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 3068 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 3069 multiple times. 3070 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 3071 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 3072 with From:). 3073 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 3074 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 3075 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 3076 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 3077 new functionality. 3078 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 3079 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 3080 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 3081 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 3082 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 3083 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 3084 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 3085 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 3086 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 3087 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 3088 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 3089 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 3090 confPID_FILE PidFile 3091 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 3092 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 3093 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 3094 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 3095 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3096 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3097 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 3098 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3099 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3100 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 3101 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 3102 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 3103 which takes the options as argument and can be used 3104 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 3105 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 3106 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 3107 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 3108 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 3109 to "IPC $h". 3110 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 3111 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 3112 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 3113 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 3114 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 3115 value should be changed with care. 3116 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 3117 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 3118 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 3119 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 3120 complain. 3121 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 3122 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 3123 of Q7 Enterprises. 3124 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 3125 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 3126 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 3127 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 3128 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 3129 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 3130 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 3131 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 3132 of Northern Illinois University. 3133 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 3134 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 3135 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 3136 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 3137 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 3138 in it. 3139 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 3140 in class 'P' ($=P). 3141 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 3142 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 3143 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 3144 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 3145 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 3146 is added. 3147 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 3148 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 3149 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 3150 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 3151 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 3152 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 3153 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 3154 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 3155 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 3156 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 3157 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 3158 Hubert of University of Washington. 3159 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 3160 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 3161 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 3162 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 3163 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 3164 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 3165 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 3166 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 3167 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 3168 Services. 3169 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 3170 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3171 Aerospace. 3172 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 3173 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 3174 University and Brian Candler. 3175 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 3176 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3177 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 3178 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3179 Institute. 3180 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 3181 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 3182 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 3183 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 3184 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 3185 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 3186 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 3187 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 3188 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 3189 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3190 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 3191 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 3192 Willamette Industries, Inc. 3193 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 3194 converted to <user@d> 3195 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 3196 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 3197 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 3198 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 3199 performed. 3200 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 3201 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 3202 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3203 Institute. 3204 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 3205 be accessed by their numbers). 3206 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 3207 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 3208 of an address. 3209 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 3210 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 3211 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 3212 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 3213 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 3214 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 3215 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 3216 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 3217 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 3218 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3219 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 3220 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3221 Institute. 3222 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 3223 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 3224 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 3225 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 3226 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 3227 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 3228 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 3229 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 3230 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 3231 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 3232 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 3233 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3234 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 3235 University of California at Berkeley. 3236 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 3237 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3238 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 3239 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 3240 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3241 Corporation UK. 3242 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 3243 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 3244 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 3245 Yale University. 3246 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 3247 be used for building. 3248 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 3249 used for a fresh build. 3250 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 3251 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 3252 ranlib. 3253 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 3254 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 3255 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 3256 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 3257 Costales. 3258 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 3259 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 3260 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 3261 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 3262 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 3263 of Siemens Business Services. 3264 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 3265 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 3266 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 3267 torek. 3268 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 3269 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 3270 They should contain the C source files for the object files 3271 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 3272 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 3273 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 3274 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 3275 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 3276 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 3277 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 3278 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 3279 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 3280 are in devtools/README. 3281 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 3282 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3283 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 3284 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 3285 new variable which identifies the root of the source 3286 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 3287 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 3288 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 3289 macro. 3290 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 3291 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 3292 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 3293 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 3294 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 3295 Corporation. 3296 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 3297 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 3298 confMANROOTMAN. 3299 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 3300 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 3301 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 3302 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 3303 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 3304 Communications. 3305 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 3306 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 3307 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 3308 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 3309 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 3310 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 3311 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 3312 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 3313 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 3314 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 3315 install-strip target. 3316 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 3317 the others (if it exists). 3318 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 3319 then the default ones. 3320 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 3321 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 3322 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 3323 to set the S flag. 3324 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 3325 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 3326 Northern Illinois University. 3327 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 3328 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 3329 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3330 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 3331 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 3332 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3333 University. 3334 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 3335 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 3336 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3337 University. 3338 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 3339 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 3340 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 3341 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 3342 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 3343 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 3344 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3345 University. 3346 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 3347 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 3348 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3349 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 3350 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 3351 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 3352 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 3353 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 3354 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 3355 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 3356 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 3357 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 3358 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 3359 Alcatel Australia Limited. 3360 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 3361 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 3362 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3363 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 3364 timeout to avoid starvation. 3365 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 3366 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 3367 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 3368 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3369 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 3370 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 3371 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 3372 of Maryland. 3373 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 3374 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 3375 sendmail configuration file. 3376 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 3377 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 3378 option. 3379 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 3380 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3381 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 3382 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 3383 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 3384 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 3385 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 3386 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 3387 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3388 Corporation UK. 3389 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 3390 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 3391 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 3392 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3393 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 3394 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 3395 Institute for Global Communications. 3396 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 3397 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 3398 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3399 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 3400 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 3401 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3402 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 3403 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 3404 of the Institute for Global Communications. 3405 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 3406 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 3407 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 3408 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 3409 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 3410 Changed Files: 3411 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 3412 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 3413 which execute the actual Build script in 3414 devtools/bin. 3415 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 3416 -mandoc as they were previously. 3417 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 3418 of Build will work (unless parameters are 3419 required for Build). 3420 New Directories: 3421 devtools/M4/UNIX 3422 include 3423 libmilter 3424 libsmdb 3425 libsmutil 3426 vacation 3427 Renamed Directories: 3428 BuildTools => devtools 3429 src => sendmail 3430 Deleted Files: 3431 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 3432 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 3433 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 3434 devtools/OS/SINIX 3435 sendmail/ldap_map.h 3436 New Files: 3437 INSTALL 3438 PGPKEYS 3439 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 3440 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 3441 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 3442 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 3443 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 3444 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 3445 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 3446 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 3447 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 3448 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 3449 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 3450 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 3451 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 3452 contrib/domainmap.m4 3453 contrib/qtool.8 3454 contrib/qtool.pl 3455 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 3456 devtools/M4/list.m4 3457 devtools/M4/string.m4 3458 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 3459 devtools/M4/switch.m4 3460 devtools/OS/Darwin 3461 devtools/OS/GNU 3462 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 3463 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 3464 devtools/OS/m88k 3465 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 3466 mail.local/Makefile 3467 mailstats/Makefile 3468 makemap/Makefile 3469 praliases/Makefile 3470 rmail/Makefile 3471 sendmail/Makefile 3472 sendmail/bf.h 3473 sendmail/bf_portable.c 3474 sendmail/bf_portable.h 3475 sendmail/bf_torek.c 3476 sendmail/bf_torek.h 3477 sendmail/shmticklib.c 3478 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 3479 sendmail/timers.c 3480 sendmail/timers.h 3481 smrsh/Makefile 3482 vacation/Makefile 3483 Renamed Files: 3484 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 3485 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 3486 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 3487 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 3488 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 3489 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 3490 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 3491 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 3492 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 3493 Copied Files: 3494 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 3495 34968.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 3497 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 3498 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 3499 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 3500 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 3501 Schools" project (IdS). 3502 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 3503 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 3504 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 3505 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3506 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 3507 when performing the MIME header length check. This 3508 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 3509 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 3510 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 3511 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 3512 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 3513 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3514 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 3515 ExecPC Internet Systems. 3516 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 3517 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 3518 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 3519 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 3520 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 3521 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 3522 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 3523 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 3524 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 3525 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3526 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 3527 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 3528 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 3529 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 3530 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 3531 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 3532 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 3533 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 3534 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 3535 group of the IETF. 3536 Portability: 3537 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 3538 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 3539 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 3540 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 3541 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 3542 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 3543 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 3544 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 3545 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 3546 Technical University of Denmark. 3547 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 3548 Supercomputer Center. 3549 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 3550 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 3551 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 3552 of Stanford University. 3553 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 3554 between different releases. Back out the 3555 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 3556 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 3557 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 3558 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 3559 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 3560 of Siemens/SNI. 3561 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3562 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 3563 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 3564 University of Brno. 3565 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 3566 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 3567 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3568 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 3569 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 3570 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3571 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 3572 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 3573 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 3574 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 3575 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3576 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 3577 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 3578 MIDS Europe. 3579 New Files: 3580 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 3581 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 3582 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 3583 35848.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 3585 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 3586 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 3587 for a denial of service attack. 3588 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 3589 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3590 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 3591 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3592 Corporation UK. 3593 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 3594 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 3595 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 3596 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 3597 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 3598 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 3599 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 3600 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 3601 Internet Services. 3602 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 3603 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 3604 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 3605 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 3606 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 3607 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 3608 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 3609 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 3610 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3611 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 3612 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 3613 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 3614 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 3615 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 3616 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3617 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 3618 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 3619 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 3620 Internet Services. 3621 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 3622 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 3623 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 3624 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 3625 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 3626 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 3627 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 3628 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 3629 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 3630 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 3631 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 3632 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 3633 extended testing. 3634 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 3635 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 3636 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 3637 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 3638 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 3639 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3640 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 3641 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 3642 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 3643 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3644 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3645 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 3646 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 3647 Network. 3648 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 3649 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 3650 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 3651 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 3652 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 3653 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 3654 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3655 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 3656 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 3657 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 3658 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 3659 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 3660 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 3661 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 3662 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 3663 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 3664 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3665 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 3666 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3667 Meteorological Institute. 3668 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 3669 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 3670 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 3671 Portability: 3672 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 3673 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 3674 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 3675 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 3676 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 3677 reading network interface addresses into 3678 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 3679 Cal State University, Chico. 3680 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 3681 from changing the semantics of the compiled 3682 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 3683 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 3684 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 3685 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3686 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3687 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 3688 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 3689 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 3690 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 3691 of Sun Microsystems. 3692 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 3693 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3694 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 3695 of Bits Co., Ltd. 3696 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 3697 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3698 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 3699 of E I A. 3700 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 3701 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 3702 Information Center. 3703 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 3704 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3705 Institute. 3706 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 3707 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 3708 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 3709 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 3710 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3711 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 3712 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 3713 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 3714 Manawatu Internet Services. 3715 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 3716 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 3717 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 3718 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 3719 of Northern Illinois University. 3720 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 3721 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 3722 Kiel. 3723 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 3724 Dot Com. 3725 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 3726 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 3727 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3728 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 3729 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 3730 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 3731 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 3732 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 3733 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3734 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 3735 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 3736 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 3737 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3738 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 3739 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3740 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 3741 the envelope From header. 3742 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 3743 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 3744 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 3745 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 3746 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 3747 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 3748 Portal Services, Inc. 3749 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 3750 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 3751 Sun Microsystems. 3752 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 3753 New Files: 3754 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 3755 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 3756 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 3757 contrib/smcontrol.pl 3758 src/control.c 3759 37608.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 3761 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 3762 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 3763 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 3764 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 3765 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 3766 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 3767 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3768 Meteorological Institute. 3769 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 3770 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 3771 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3772 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 3773 installation commands. The man pages would still be 3774 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 3775 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3776 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 3777 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3778 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 3779 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 3780 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 3781 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 3782 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 3783 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 3784 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 3785 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 3786 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 3787 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 3788 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 3789 Flextech TV. 3790 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 3791 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 3792 DaveLtd Enterprises. 3793 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 3794 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 3795 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 3796 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 3797 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 3798 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 3799 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 3800 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 3801 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 3802 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 3803 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 3804 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 3805 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 3806 University. 3807 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 3808 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 3809 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 3810 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 3811 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 3812 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 3813 Portability: 3814 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 3815 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 3816 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 3817 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 3818 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 3819 of BSDI. 3820 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 3821 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 3822 PICT Inc. 3823 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 3824 J. P. McCann of E I A. 3825 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 3826 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 3827 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 3828 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 3829 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 3830 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3831 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 3832 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 3833 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 3834 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 3835 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 3836 would not accept @@hostname. 3837 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 3838 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 3839 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 3840 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 3841 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3842 New Files: 3843 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 3844 38458.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 3846 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 3847 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 3848 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 3849 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 3850 which need the ability to override security can use the 3851 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 3852 information. 3853 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 3854 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 3855 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 3856 world writable directories. 3857 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 3858 it is in a world writable directory. 3859 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 3860 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 3861 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 3862 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 3863 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 3864 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 3865 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 3866 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 3867 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 3868 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 3869 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 3870 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 3871 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 3872 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 3873 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 3874 default. 3875 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 3876 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 3877 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 3878 the University of Maryland. 3879 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 3880 of Cal State University, Chico. 3881 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 3882 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 3883 current version of Berkeley DB. 3884 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 3885 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3886 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 3887 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 3888 of Maryland. 3889 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 3890 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 3891 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 3892 Microsystems. 3893 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 3894 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 3895 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 3896 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 3897 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 3898 mail.local on the F=z flag. 3899 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 3900 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 3901 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 3902 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 3903 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 3904 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 3905 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 3906 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 3907 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 3908 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 3909 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 3910 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 3911 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3912 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 3913 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 3914 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 3915 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 3916 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 3917 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 3918 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 3919 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 3920 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 3921 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 3922 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 3923 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 3924 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 3925 relaying entirely. 3926 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 3927 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 3928 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 3929 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 3930 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 3931 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 3932 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 3933 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3934 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 3935 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 3936 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 3937 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 3938 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3939 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 3940 sender for those failures. 3941 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 3942 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 3943 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 3944 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 3945 of Ericsson. 3946 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 3947 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 3948 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 3949 of Procter & Gamble. 3950 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 3951 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 3952 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 3953 of Procter & Gamble. 3954 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 3955 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 3956 of system security. This should only be used if you are 3957 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 3958 DontBlameSendmail options are: 3959 Safe 3960 AssumeSafeChown 3961 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 3962 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 3963 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 3964 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 3965 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 3966 GroupWritableAliasFile 3967 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 3968 WorldWritableAliasFile 3969 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 3970 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 3971 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 3972 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 3973 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 3974 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 3975 MapInUnsafeDirPath 3976 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 3977 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 3978 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 3979 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 3980 LinkedMapInWritableDir 3981 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 3982 FileDeliveryToHardLink 3983 FileDeliveryToSymLink 3984 WriteMapToHardLink 3985 WriteMapToSymLink 3986 WriteStatsToHardLink 3987 WriteStatsToSymLink 3988 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 3989 RunWritableProgram 3990 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 3991 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 3992 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 3993 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 3994 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 3995 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 3996 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 3997 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 3998 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 3999 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 4000 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 4001 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 4002 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 4003 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 4004 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 4005 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 4006 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 4007 contrast to the success case). 4008 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 4009 of the form: 4010 HHeader: $>Ruleset 4011 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 4012 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 4013 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 4014 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 4015 from hiding their connection information in Received: 4016 headers. 4017 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 4018 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 4019 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 4020 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 4021 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 4022 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 4023 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 4024 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 4025 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 4026 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 4027 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 4028 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 4029 remote identity can be queried. 4030 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 4031 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 4032 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 4033 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4034 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 4035 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 4036 some of the details are determined dynamically via 4037 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 4038 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 4039 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 4040 the new Build method which creates an operating system 4041 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 4042 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 4043 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4044 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 4045 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 4046 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 4047 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 4048 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 4049 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 4050 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 4051 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 4052 This means that even if only one of the recipients 4053 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 4054 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 4055 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 4056 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 4057 of CNET: The Computer Network. 4058 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 4059 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 4060 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4061 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 4062 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 4063 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 4064 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 4065 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 4066 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 4067 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 4068 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 4069 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 4070 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4071 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 4072 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 4073 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4074 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 4075 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 4076 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 4077 Institute. 4078 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 4079 mail.local. 4080 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 4081 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 4082 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 4083 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 4084 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 4085 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4086 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 4087 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 4088 of InfoBeat, Inc. 4089 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 4090 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 4091 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 4092 mailstats command. 4093 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 4094 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 4095 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4096 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 4097 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 4098 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 4099 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4100 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 4101 Ericsson. 4102 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 4103 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 4104 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 4105 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 4106 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 4107 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 4108 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 4109 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 4110 Stratus Computer, Inc. 4111 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 4112 currently supported version. 4113 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 4114 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4115 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 4116 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 4117 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 4118 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4119 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 4120 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 4121 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 4122 message in error bounces. 4123 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 4124 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 4125 Digital Equipment Corporation. 4126 Portability: 4127 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 4128 of Kyoto University. 4129 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 4130 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 4131 Maryland. 4132 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 4133 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 4134 in Finland. 4135 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 4136 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4137 the University of Maryland. 4138 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 4139 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 4140 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4141 Meteorological Institute. 4142 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 4143 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 4144 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 4145 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 4146 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 4147 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 4148 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 4149 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 4150 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 4151 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 4152 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 4153 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4154 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 4155 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 4156 Microsystems. 4157 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 4158 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 4159 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 4160 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 4161 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 4162 directory for certain programs. 4163 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 4164 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 4165 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 4166 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 4167 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 4168 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 4169 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 4170 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 4171 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 4172 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 4173 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 4174 the user to setup different .forward files for 4175 user+detail addressing. 4176 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 4177 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 4178 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 4179 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 4180 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 4181 outside your domain). 4182 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 4183 any site to any site. 4184 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 4185 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 4186 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 4187 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 4188 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 4189 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 4190 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 4191 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 4192 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 4193 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 4194 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 4195 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 4196 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 4197 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 4198 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 4199 host names only. 4200 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 4201 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 4202 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 4203 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 4204 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 4205 needed for most installations. 4206 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 4207 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 4208 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 4209 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4210 the University of Maryland. 4211 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 4212 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 4213 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 4214 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 4215 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 4216 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 4217 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 4218 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 4219 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 4220 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 4221 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 4222 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 4223 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 4224 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 4225 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 4226 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 4227 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 4228 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 4229 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 4230 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 4231 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 4232 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 4233 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 4234 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 4235 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 4236 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 4237 above for more information. 4238 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 4239 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4240 Meteorological Institute. 4241 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 4242 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 4243 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 4244 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 4245 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4246 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 4247 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 4248 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 4249 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 4250 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 4251 MustQuoteChars respectively. 4252 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 4253 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 4254 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 4255 CMU (now of Netscape). 4256 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 4257 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 4258 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 4259 read mail.local/README. 4260 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 4261 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 4262 University of Maryland. 4263 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 4264 University, Chico. 4265 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4266 Meteorological Institute. 4267 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 4268 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 4269 University of Maryland. 4270 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 4271 such as linked files in world writable directories. 4272 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 4273 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 4274 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 4275 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 4276 Braunschweig. 4277 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 4278 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 4279 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4280 Changed Files: 4281 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 4282 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 4283 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 4284 New Files: 4285 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 4286 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 4287 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 4288 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 4289 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 4290 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 4291 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 4292 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 4293 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 4294 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 4295 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 4296 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 4297 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 4298 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 4299 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 4300 BuildTools/OS/QNX 4301 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 4302 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 4303 BuildTools/README 4304 BuildTools/Site/README 4305 BuildTools/bin/Build 4306 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 4307 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 4308 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 4309 Makefile 4310 cf/cf/Build 4311 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 4312 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 4313 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 4314 cf/feature/access_db.m4 4315 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 4316 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 4317 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 4318 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 4319 cf/feature/rbl.m4 4320 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 4321 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 4322 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 4323 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 4324 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 4325 contrib/doublebounce.pl 4326 mail.local/Build 4327 mail.local/Makefile.m4 4328 mail.local/README 4329 mailstats/Build 4330 mailstats/Makefile.m4 4331 makemap/Build 4332 makemap/Makefile.m4 4333 praliases/Build 4334 praliases/Makefile.m4 4335 rmail/Build 4336 rmail/Makefile.m4 4337 rmail/rmail.0 4338 smrsh/Build 4339 smrsh/Makefile.m4 4340 src/Build 4341 src/Makefile.m4 4342 src/snprintf.c 4343 Deleted Files: 4344 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 4345 mail.local/Makefile 4346 mail.local/Makefile.dist 4347 mailstats/Makefile 4348 mailstats/Makefile.dist 4349 makemap/Makefile 4350 makemap/Makefile.dist 4351 praliases/Makefile 4352 praliases/Makefile.dist 4353 rmail/Makefile 4354 smrsh/Makefile 4355 smrsh/Makefile.dist 4356 src/Makefile 4357 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 4358 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 4359 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 4360 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 4361 Renamed Files: 4362 READ_ME => README 4363 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 4364 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 4365 src/READ_ME => src/README 4366 43678.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 4368 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 4369 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4370 Meteorological Institute. 4371 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 4372 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 4373 Arseneault of SRI International. 4374 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 4375 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 4376 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4377 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 4378 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 4379 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 4380 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 4381 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 4382 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4383 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 4384 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 4385 River Systems. 4386 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 4387 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 4388 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 4389 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 4390 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4391 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 4392 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 4393 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 4394 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 4395 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 4396 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 4397 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 4398 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 4399 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4400 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 4401 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 4402 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4403 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 4404 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 4405 results during a single message processing (but would 4406 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 4407 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 4408 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 4409 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4410 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4411 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 4412 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 4413 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4414 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4415 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 4416 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 4417 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 4418 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 4419 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 4420 and the inability to save a bounce message to 4421 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 4422 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 4423 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 4424 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 4425 Associates. 4426 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 4427 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 4428 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 4429 could cause confusing error messages. 4430 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 4431 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 4432 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 4433 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 4434 SuperNet, Inc. 4435 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 4436 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4437 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 4438 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4439 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4440 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 4441 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 4442 dropped. 4443 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 4444 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 4445 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4446 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 4447 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 4448 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 4449 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 4450 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4451 Institute. 4452 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 4453 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 4454 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 4455 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 4456 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 4457 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 4458 RUS University of Stuttgart. 4459 Minor lint fixes. 4460 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 4461 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 4462 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 4463 of Stanford University. 4464 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 4465 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 4466 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 4467 Portability: 4468 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 4469 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 4470 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 4471 Electronic Data Systems. 4472 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 4473 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 4474 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 4475 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 4476 loader environment variables into the loader memory 4477 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 4478 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 4479 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 4480 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 4481 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 4482 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 4483 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 4484 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 4485 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 4486 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 4487 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 4488 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 4489 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4490 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 4491 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 4492 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 4493 Services. 4494 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 4495 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 4496 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 4497 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 4498 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 4499 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 4500 Services VAS. 4501 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 4502 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 4503 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 4504 Ericsson. 4505 45068.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 4507 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 4508 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 4509 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 4510 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 4511 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 4512 GmbH. 4513 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 4514 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 4515 of Technology, Stockholm. 4516 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 4517 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 4518 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 4519 that these routines are included as though they were in the 4520 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 4521 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 4522 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 4523 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 4524 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 4525 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 4526 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 4527 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 4528 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 4529 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 4530 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 4531 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 4532 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 4533 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 4534 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 4535 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 4536 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 4537 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 4538 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 4539 have to assume that the information is good. 4540 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 4541 open or locked. 4542 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 4543 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 4544 errors during testing. 4545 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 4546 printed in the error message. 4547 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 4548 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 4549 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 4550 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 4551 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 4552 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 4553 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 4554 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 4555 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 4556 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 4557 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 4558 runner runs during a critical section in another message 4559 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 4560 Results Computing. 4561 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 4562 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 4563 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 4564 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 4565 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 4566 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 4567 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 4568 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 4569 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 4570 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 4571 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 4572 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 4573 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 4574 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 4575 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 4576 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 4577 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 4578 simultaneously. 4579 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 4580 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 4581 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 4582 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 4583 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4584 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 4585 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 4586 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 4587 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4588 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 4589 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 4590 CSU Chico. 4591 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 4592 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 4593 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 4594 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 4595 Portability: 4596 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 4597 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 4598 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 4599 be used instead. 4600 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 4601 of Argonne National Laboratory. 4602 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 4603 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 4604 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 4605 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 4606 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 4607 in Makefiles. 4608 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 4609 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 4610 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 4611 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 4612 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 4613 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 4614 NCR Corp. 4615 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 4616 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 4617 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 4618 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 4619 Resource Network 4620 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 4621 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 4622 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 4623 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 4624 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 4625 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 4626 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 4627 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 4628 Corp. 4629 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 4630 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 4631 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 4632 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 4633 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 4634 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 4635 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 4636 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 4637 PlainTalk. 4638 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 4639 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 4640 by Harry Styron. 4641 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 4642 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 4643 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 4644 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 4645 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 4646 changed after open". 4647 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 4648 files. 4649 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 4650 NEW FILES: 4651 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 4652 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 4653 test/t_exclopen.c 4654 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 4655 DELETED FILES: 4656 Makefile 4657 46588.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 4659 ************************************************************* 4660 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 4661 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 4662 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 4663 * continued sendmail development. * 4664 ************************************************************* 4665 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 4666 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 4667 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 4668 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 4669 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 4670 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 4671 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 4672 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 4673 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 4674 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 4675 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 4676 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 4677 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 4678 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 4679 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 4680 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 4681 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 4682 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 4683 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 4684 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 4685 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 4686 another database; this can be used either to expose 4687 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 4688 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 4689 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 4690 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 4691 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 4692 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 4693 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 4694 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 4695 system directories. 4696 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 4697 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 4698 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 4699 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 4700 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 4701 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 4702 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 4703 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 4704 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 4705 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 4706 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 4707 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 4708 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 4709 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 4710 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 4711 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 4712 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 4713 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 4714 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 4715 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 4716 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 4717 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 4718 NFS-mounted filesystems. 4719 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 4720 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 4721 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 4722 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 4723 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 4724 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 4725 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 4726 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 4727 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 4728 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 4729 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4730 same host). 4731 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 4732 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 4733 from Theo de Raadt. 4734 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 4735 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 4736 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4737 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 4738 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 4739 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 4740 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 4741 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 4742 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4743 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 4744 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 4745 Microsystems. 4746 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 4747 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 4748 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4749 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 4750 too large) don't send the bogus message. 4751 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 4752 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 4753 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4754 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 4755 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 4756 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 4757 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 4758 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 4759 Shapiro. 4760 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 4761 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 4762 Sun Microsystems. 4763 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 4764 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 4765 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 4766 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 4767 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 4768 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 4769 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 4770 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 4771 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 4772 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 4773 Mercury Mail. 4774 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 4775 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 4776 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 4777 Morgan Stanley. 4778 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 4779 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 4780 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 4781 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 4782 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 4783 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 4784 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 4785 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 4786 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 4787 not be run. 4788 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 4789 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 4790 printing. 4791 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 4792 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 4793 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4794 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 4795 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 4796 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 4797 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 4798 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 4799 erroneous results during a single message processing 4800 (but would recover when the next message was received). 4801 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 4802 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 4803 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 4804 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 4805 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 4806 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 4807 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 4808 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 4809 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 4810 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 4811 address as "may be forged". 4812 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 4813 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 4814 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 4815 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 4816 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 4817 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 4818 of TwinCom. 4819 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 4820 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 4821 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 4822 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 4823 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 4824 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 4825 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 4826 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 4827 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4828 Institute. 4829 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 4830 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 4831 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 4832 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 4833 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 4834 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 4835 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 4836 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 4837 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 4838 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 4839 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 4840 book (2nd edition). 4841 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 4842 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 4843 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 4844 John Beck of SunSoft. 4845 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 4846 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 4847 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 4848 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 4849 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 4850 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 4851 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 4852 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 4853 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 4854 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 4855 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 4856 returns. 4857 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 4858 on some architectures. 4859 Portability: 4860 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 4861 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 4862 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 4863 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 4864 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 4865 of Washington. 4866 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 4867 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 4868 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4869 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 4870 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 4871 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 4872 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 4873 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 4874 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 4875 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4876 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 4877 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 4878 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 4879 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 4880 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 4881 Cambridge. 4882 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 4883 Kari Hurtta. 4884 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 4885 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 4886 IRIX Makefile). 4887 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 4888 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4889 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 4890 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 4891 Brian Candler. 4892 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 4893 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 4894 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4895 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 4896 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 4897 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4898 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 4899 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 4900 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 4901 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 4902 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 4903 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4904 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 4905 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 4906 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 4907 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 4908 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 4909 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 4910 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 4911 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4912 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 4913 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 4914 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 4915 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 4916 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 4917 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 4918 was specified, even when it wasn't. 4919 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 4920 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 4921 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 4922 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 4923 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 4924 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 4925 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 4926 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 4927 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 4928 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 4929 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 4930 developers). 4931 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 4932 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 4933 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4934 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 4935 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 4936 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 4937 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 4938 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 4939 NEXTSTEP. 4940 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 4941 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 4942 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 4943 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 4944 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4945 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 4946 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 4947 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 4948 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 4949 for system accounts. 4950 NEW FILES: 4951 src/safefile.c 4952 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 4953 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 4954 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 4955 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 4956 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 4957 RENAMED FILES: 4958 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 4959 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 4960 49618.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 4962 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 4963 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 4964 even if RunAsUser is specified. 4965 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 4966 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 4967 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4968 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 4969 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 4970 University of Pennsylvania. 4971 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 4972 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 4973 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 4974 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 4975 was unnecessarily awful. 4976 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 4977 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 4978 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 4979 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 4980 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 4981 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 4982 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 4983 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 4984 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4985 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 4986 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4987 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 4988 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 4989 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 4990 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 4991 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 4992 Semiconductor Corp. 4993 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 4994 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 4995 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 4996 at Austin. 4997 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 4998 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 4999 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 5000 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 5001 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 5002 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 5003 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 5004 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 5005 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 5006 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 5007 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 5008 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 5009 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 5010 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 5011 Costales. 5012 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 5013 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 5014 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 5015 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 5016 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 5017 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 5018 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 5019 The current values and defaults are: 5020 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 5021 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 5022 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 5023 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 5024 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 5025 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 5026 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 5027 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 5028 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 5029 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5030 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 5031 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 5032 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 5033 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 5034 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 5035 Eric Hagberg. 5036 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 5037 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 5038 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 5039 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 5040 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 5041 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 5042 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 5043 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5044 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 5045 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 5046 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 5047 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 5048 Communications. 5049 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 5050 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 5051 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 5052 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5053 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 5054 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 5055 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 5056 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 5057 PORTABILITY: 5058 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 5059 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 5060 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 5061 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 5062 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5063 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 5064 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 5065 (Moscow). 5066 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 5067 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 5068 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 5069 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 5070 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 5071 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 5072 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 5073 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 5074 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 5075 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 5076 Received: line. 5077 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 5078 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 5079 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 5080 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 5081 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 5082 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 5083 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 5084 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 5085 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 5086 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 5087 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 5088 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 5089 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 5090 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 5091 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 5092 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 5093 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 5094 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 5095 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 5096 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 5097 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5098 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 5099 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 5100 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 5101 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 5102 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 5103 Long Beach. 5104 51058.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 5106 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 5107 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 5108 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 5109 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 5110 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 5111 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 5112 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 5113 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 5114 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 5115 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 5116 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 5117 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 5118 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 5119 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 5120 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 5121 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 5122 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 5123 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 5124 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5125 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 5126 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 5127 Problem noted by several people. 5128 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 5129 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 5130 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 5131 by several people. 5132 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 5133 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 5134 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 5135 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 5136 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 5137 of Best Internet Communications. 5138 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 5139 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 5140 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 5141 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 5142 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 5143 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 5144 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 5145 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 5146 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 5147 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 5148 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 5149 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 5150 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5151 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 5152 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 5153 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 5154 by Roy Mongiovi. 5155 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 5156 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5157 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 5158 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 5159 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 5160 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 5161 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 5162 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 5163 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 5164 of Kyoto University. 5165 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 5166 conditions from Don Lewis. 5167 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 5168 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 5169 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 5170 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 5171 patch from Bryan Costales. 5172 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5173 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 5174 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 5175 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 5176 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 5177 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 5178 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 5179 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 5180 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 5181 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 5182 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 5183 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 5184 of Tokyo. 5185 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 5186 Services, Inc. 5187 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 5188 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 5189 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 5190 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 5191 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 5192 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 5193 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 5194 than one long one. By popular demand. 5195 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 5196 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 5197 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 5198 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 5199 of NTT Software Corporation. 5200 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 5201 NEW FILES: 5202 contrib/etrn.pl 5203 52048.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 5205 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 5206 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 5207 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 5208 best-of-security list. 5209 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 5210 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 5211 should make it clearer to people that they are running 5212 the wrong binary. 5213 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 5214 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 5215 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 5216 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 5217 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 5218 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 5219 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 5220 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 5221 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5222 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 5223 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 5224 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 5225 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 5226 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 5227 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 5228 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 5229 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 5230 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 5231 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 5232 Eric Wassenaar. 5233 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 5234 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 5235 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 5236 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 5237 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 5238 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 5239 UUNET. 5240 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 5241 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 5242 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 5243 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 5244 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 5245 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 5246 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 5247 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 5248 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 5249 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 5250 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5251 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 5252 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 5253 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 5254 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 5255 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 5256 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 5257 University of Linkoping. 5258 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 5259 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 5260 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 5261 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 5262 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 5263 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 5264 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 5265 other end. 5266 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 5267 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 5268 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 5269 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 5270 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 5271 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 5272 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5273 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5274 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 5275 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 5276 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 5277 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 5278 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 5279 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 5280 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 5281 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 5282 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 5283 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 5284 The outline of the implementation was contributed 5285 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 5286 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 5287 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 5288 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 5289 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 5290 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 5291 Earickson of Colby College. 5292 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 5293 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 5294 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 5295 Kari Hurtta. 5296 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 5297 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 5298 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 5299 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 5300 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 5301 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 5302 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5303 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 5304 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 5305 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 5306 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 5307 University of Washington, Seattle. 5308 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 5309 Polytechnic Institute. 5310 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 5311 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 5312 NEW FILES: 5313 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 5314 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 5315 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 5316 53178.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 5318 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 5319 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 5320 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5321 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 5322 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 5323 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 5324 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 5325 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 5326 CONFIG: no changes. 5327 53288.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 5329 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 5330 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 5331 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 5332 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 5333 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 5334 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 5335 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 5336 of WPI. 5337 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 5338 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 5339 Kyoto University. 5340 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 5341 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 5342 on illegal host names. 5343 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 5344 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 5345 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 5346 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 5347 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 5348 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 5349 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 5350 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 5351 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5352 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 5353 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 5354 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 5355 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 5356 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 5357 University of Leicester. 5358 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 5359 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 5360 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 5361 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 5362 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 5363 University of Washington. 5364 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5365 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 5366 people pointed this out. 5367 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 5368 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 5369 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 5370 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 5371 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 5372 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 5373 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 5374 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 5375 Softec. 5376 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 5377 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5378 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 5379 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 5380 53818.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 5382 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 5383 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 5384 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 5385 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 5386 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 5387 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 5388 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 5389 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 5390 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 5391 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 5392 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 5393 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 5394 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 5395 NSC (Japan). 5396 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 5397 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 5398 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5399 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 5400 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 5401 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 5402 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 5403 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 5404 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 5405 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 5406 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 5407 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 5408 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 5409 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 5410 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 5411 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 5412 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 5413 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 5414 printout. 5415 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 5416 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 5417 square braces. 5418 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 5419 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 5420 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 5421 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 5422 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 5423 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 5424 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5425 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 5426 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 5427 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 5428 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 5429 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 5430 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 5431 Dandelion Digital. 5432 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 5433 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 5434 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 5435 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 5436 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 5437 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 5438 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 5439 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 5440 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 5441 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 5442 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 5443 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 5444 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 5445 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 5446 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 5447 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 5448 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 5449 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 5450 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 5451 mailers. 5452 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 5453 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 5454 Myers of CMU. 5455 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 5456 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 5457 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 5458 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 5459 there should be no security implications. Implementation 5460 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 5461 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 5462 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 5463 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 5464 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 5465 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 5466 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 5467 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 5468 parameter. 5469 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 5470 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 5471 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 5472 University of Maryland. 5473 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 5474 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 5475 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 5476 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 5477 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 5478 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 5479 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 5480 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 5481 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 5482 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 5483 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 5484 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 5485 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 5486 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 5487 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 5488 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 5489 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 5490 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 5491 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 5492 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 5493 section 5.2.5. 5494 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 5495 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 5496 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 5497 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 5498 is for incoming connections only. 5499 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 5500 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 5501 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 5502 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 5503 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 5504 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 5505 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 5506 (e.g., due to connection caching). 5507 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 5508 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 5509 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 5510 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 5511 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 5512 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 5513 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 5514 that take a very long time to run. 5515 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 5516 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 5517 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 5518 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 5519 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 5520 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5521 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 5522 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 5523 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5524 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 5525 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 5526 Costales. 5527 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 5528 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 5529 Technologies, Inc. 5530 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 5531 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 5532 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 5533 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 5534 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 5535 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 5536 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 5537 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 5538 different for this case. 5539 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 5540 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 5541 of Stanford University. 5542 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 5543 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 5544 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 5545 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5546 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 5547 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 5548 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 5549 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 5550 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 5551 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5552 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 5553 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 5554 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 5555 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 5556 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 5557 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 5558 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 5559 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 5560 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 5561 Pasteur Institute. 5562 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 5563 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 5564 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 5565 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 5566 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 5567 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 5568 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 5569 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 5570 canonification. 5571 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 5572 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 5573 mailers. 5574 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 5575 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 5576 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 5577 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 5578 either of these in their configuration file. 5579 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 5580 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 5581 St. Peter's College. 5582 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 5583 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 5584 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 5585 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 5586 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 5587 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5588 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 5589 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 5590 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 5591 Costales. 5592 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 5593 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 5594 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 5595 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 5596 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 5597 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 5598 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 5599 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 5600 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 5601 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 5602 in rulesets. 5603 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 5604 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 5605 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 5606 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 5607 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 5608 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 5609 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 5610 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 5611 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 5612 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 5613 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 5614 on that basis. 5615 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 5616 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 5617 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 5618 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 5619 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 5620 Vixie. 5621 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 5622 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 5623 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 5624 See also the src/READ_ME file. 5625 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 5626 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 5627 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 5628 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 5629 two characters $, +. 5630 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 5631 debug_dumpstate. 5632 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 5633 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 5634 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 5635 valid recipients. 5636 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 5637 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 5638 noted by Tom May. 5639 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 5640 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 5641 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 5642 Beck of InReference, Inc. 5643 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 5644 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 5645 Computing Corporation. 5646 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 5647 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 5648 Internet Communications. 5649 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 5650 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 5651 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 5652 of Lysator. 5653 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 5654 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 5655 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 5656 of the University of Iceland. 5657 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 5658 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 5659 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 5660 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 5661 this change is a no-op. 5662 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 5663 Costales. 5664 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 5665 Bryan Costales. 5666 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 5667 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 5668 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 5669 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5670 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 5671 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5672 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 5673 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 5674 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 5675 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5676 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 5677 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 5678 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 5679 Jones of UUNET. 5680 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 5681 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 5682 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 5683 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 5684 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 5685 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 5686 easily determine what messages are to their role as 5687 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 5688 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 5689 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 5690 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 5691 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 5692 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 5693 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 5694 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 5695 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 5696 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 5697 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 5698 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 5699 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 5700 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 5701 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 5702 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 5703 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 5704 of Stanford University. 5705 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 5706 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 5707 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 5708 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 5709 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 5710 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 5711 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 5712 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 5713 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 5714 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 5715 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 5716 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 5717 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 5718 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 5719 Motonori Nakamura. 5720 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 5721 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 5722 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 5723 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 5724 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 5725 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 5726 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 5727 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 5728 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 5729 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 5730 value is ".hoststat". 5731 There are also two new operation modes: 5732 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 5733 connections. 5734 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 5735 recent status information. 5736 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 5737 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 5738 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 5739 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 5740 framework is gratefully appreciated. 5741 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 5742 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 5743 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 5744 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 5745 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 5746 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 5747 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 5748 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 5749 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 5750 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 5751 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 5752 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 5753 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 5754 Costales. 5755 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 5756 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 5757 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 5758 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 5759 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 5760 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 5761 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 5762 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 5763 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 5764 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 5765 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 5766 Webmasters. 5767 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 5768 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 5769 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 5770 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 5771 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 5772 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 5773 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 5774 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 5775 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 5776 of Washington, Seattle. 5777 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 5778 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 5779 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 5780 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 5781 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 5782 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 5783 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 5784 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 5785 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 5786 Nakamura. 5787 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 5788 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 5789 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 5790 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 5791 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 5792 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 5793 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 5794 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 5795 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 5796 well constrained. 5797 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 5798 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 5799 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 5800 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 5801 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 5802 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 5803 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 5804 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 5805 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 5806 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 5807 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 5808 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 5809 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 5810 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 5811 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 5812 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 5813 Wolfhugel. 5814 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 5815 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 5816 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 5817 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 5818 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 5819 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 5820 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 5821 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 5822 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 5823 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 5824 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 5825 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 5826 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 5827 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 5828 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 5829 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 5830 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 5831 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 5832 National University of Singapore. 5833 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 5834 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 5835 system can't cope with. 5836 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5837 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 5838 Atlas International. 5839 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 5840 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 5841 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 5842 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 5843 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 5844 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 5845 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 5846 Bernstein and Associates. 5847 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 5848 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 5849 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 5850 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 5851 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 5852 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 5853 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 5854 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 5855 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 5856 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 5857 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 5858 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 5859 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 5860 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5861 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 5862 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5863 Institute. 5864 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 5865 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 5866 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 5867 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 5868 Employment Standards Administration. 5869 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 5870 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 5871 Jr. 5872 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 5873 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 5874 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 5875 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 5876 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 5877 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 5878 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 5879 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 5880 of the University of Arizona. 5881 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 5882 Vanderbilt University. 5883 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 5884 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 5885 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 5886 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5887 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 5888 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 5889 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 5890 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 5891 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 5892 Foundation. 5893 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 5894 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 5895 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 5896 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 5897 Myers of CMU. 5898 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 5899 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 5900 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 5901 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 5902 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 5903 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 5904 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 5905 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 5906 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 5907 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 5908 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 5909 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 5910 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 5911 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 5912 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 5913 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 5914 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 5915 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5916 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 5917 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 5918 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 5919 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 5920 info@foo.com foo-info 5921 info@bar.com bar-info 5922 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 5923 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 5924 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 5925 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 5926 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 5927 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 5928 a great many people. 5929 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 5930 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 5931 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 5932 "fax" mailer. 5933 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 5934 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 5935 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 5936 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 5937 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 5938 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 5939 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 5940 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 5941 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 5942 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 5943 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 5944 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 5945 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 5946 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 5947 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 5948 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 5949 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 5950 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 5951 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 5952 of WPI. 5953 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 5954 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 5955 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 5956 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 5957 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 5958 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 5959 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 5960 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 5961 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 5962 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 5963 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 5964 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 5965 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 5966 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 5967 by Andreas Luik. 5968 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 5969 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 5970 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5971 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 5972 Wolfhugel. 5973 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 5974 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 5975 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 5976 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 5977 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 5978 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 5979 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 5980 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 5981 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 5982 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 5983 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 5984 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 5985 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 5986 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 5987 Costales. 5988 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 5989 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 5990 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 5991 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 5992 NEW FILES: 5993 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 5994 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 5995 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 5996 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 5997 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 5998 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 5999 mailstats/mailstats.8 6000 praliases/praliases.8 6001 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 6002 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 6003 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 6004 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 6005 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 6006 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 6007 cf/ostype/altos.m4 6008 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 6009 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 6010 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 6011 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 6012 DELETED FILES: 6013 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 6014 contrib/xla/README 6015 contrib/xla/xla.c 6016 RENAMED FILES: 6017 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 6018 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 6019 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 6020 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 6021 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 6022 60238.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 6024 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 6025 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 6026 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 6027 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 6028 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 6029 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 6030 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 6031 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 6032 60338.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 6034 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 6035 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 6036 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 6037 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 6038 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 6039 and others. 6040 60418.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 6042 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 6043 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 6044 any user (except root). 6045 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 6046 version number is unchanged. 6047 60488.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 6049 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 6050 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 6051 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6052 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 6053 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 6054 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 6055 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 6056 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 6057 Costales. 6058 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6059 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 6060 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 6061 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 6062 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 6063 Stanford University. 6064 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 6065 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6066 60678.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 6068 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 6069 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 6070 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 6071 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 6072 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 6073 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 6074 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 6075 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 6076 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 6077 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 6078 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 6079 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 6080 by Kari Hurtta. 6081 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 6082 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 6083 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 6084 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 6085 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 6086 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 6087 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 6088 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 6089 bounces when it should have requeued. 6090 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 6091 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 6092 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 6093 John Hawkinson of Panix. 6094 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 6095 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 6096 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 6097 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 6098 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 6099 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 6100 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 6101 Infobiogen. 6102 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 6103 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 6104 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 6105 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 6106 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 6107 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 6108 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 6109 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 6110 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 6111 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 6112 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 6113 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 6114 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 6115 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 6116 underscores. 6117 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 6118 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 6119 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 6120 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 6121 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 6122 included even if the user did not request success notification, 6123 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6124 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 6125 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 6126 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 6127 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 6128 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 6129 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 6130 Costales of ICSI. 6131 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 6132 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 6133 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 6134 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 6135 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 6136 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 6137 Technological University. 6138 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 6139 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 6140 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 6141 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6142 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 6143 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 6144 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 6145 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 6146 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 6147 to have the database format of the alias files without the 6148 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 6149 Inc. 6150 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 6151 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 6152 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 6153 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 6154 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 6155 University. 6156 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 6157 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 6158 Association for Progressive Communications. 6159 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 6160 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 6161 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 6162 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 6163 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 6164 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 6165 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 6166 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 6167 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 6168 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 6169 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 6170 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 6171 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 6172 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 6173 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 6174 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 6175 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 6176 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 6177 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6178 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 6179 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 6180 James B. Davis of TCI. 6181 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 6182 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6183 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 6184 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 6185 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 6186 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 6187 isn't supported on all compilers. 6188 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 6189 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 6190 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 6191 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 6192 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 6193 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 6194 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 6195 (France). 6196 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 6197 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 6198 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 6199 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 6200 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 6201 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 6202 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 6203 for different files. 6204 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 6205 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 6206 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6207 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 6208 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 6209 changes). 6210 62118.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 6212 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 6213 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 6214 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 6215 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 6216 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 6217 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 6218 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 6219 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 6220 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 6221 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6222 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 6223 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 6224 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 6225 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 6226 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 6227 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 6228 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 6229 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 6230 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 6231 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 6232 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 6233 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 6234 results. This could have security implications. 6235 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 6236 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 6237 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 6238 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 6239 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 6240 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 6241 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 6242 Elz. 6243 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 6244 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 6245 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 6246 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 6247 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 6248 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 6249 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 6250 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 6251 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 6252 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 6253 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 6254 domain names are your friends. 6255 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 6256 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 6257 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 6258 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 6259 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 6260 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 6261 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 6262 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 6263 of TerraNet. 6264 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 6265 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 6266 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 6267 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 6268 of WPI. 6269 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6270 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 6271 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 6272 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 6273 file and SGI standards. From Andre 6274 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 6275 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 6276 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 6277 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 6278 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 6279 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 6280 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 6281 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 6282 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 6283 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6284 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 6285 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 6286 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6287 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 6288 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 6289 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 6290 Infobiogen (France). 6291 NEW FILES: 6292 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 6293 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 6294 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 6295 62968.7/8.7 1995/09/16 6297 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 6298 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 6299 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 6300 Global Communications. 6301 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 6302 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 6303 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 6304 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 6305 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 6306 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 6307 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6308 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 6309 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 6310 can be confusing. 6311 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 6312 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 6313 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 6314 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 6315 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 6316 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 6317 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 6318 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 6319 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 6320 Maryland. 6321 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 6322 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 6323 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 6324 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 6325 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6326 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 6327 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 6328 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 6329 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 6330 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 6331 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 6332 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6333 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 6334 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 6335 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 6336 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6337 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 6338 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 6339 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 6340 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 6341 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 6342 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 6343 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 6344 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 6345 Swarthmore University. 6346 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 6347 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 6348 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 6349 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 6350 ruleset. 6351 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 6352 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 6353 -d debug flag. 6354 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 6355 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 6356 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 6357 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 6358 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 6359 and the parsed address. 6360 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 6361 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 6362 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 6363 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 6364 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 6365 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 6366 recipients. 6367 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 6368 return the result. 6369 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 6370 `mapname' and return the result. 6371 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 6372 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 6373 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 6374 the header for envelope sender information and uses 6375 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 6376 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 6377 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 6378 that functionality. 6379 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 6380 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 6381 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 6382 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 6383 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 6384 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 6385 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 6386 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 6387 of Michigan Technological University. 6388 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 6389 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 6390 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 6391 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 6392 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 6393 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 6394 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 6395 or not. 6396 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 6397 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 6398 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 6399 the error message. It was especially weird because it 6400 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 6401 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 6402 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 6403 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 6404 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 6405 should have minimal impact on external function. 6406 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 6407 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 6408 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 6409 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 6410 7 SevenBitInput 6411 8 EightBitMode 6412 A AliasFile 6413 a AliasWait 6414 B BlankSub 6415 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 6416 C CheckpointInterval 6417 c HoldExpensive 6418 D AutoRebuildAliases 6419 d DeliveryMode 6420 E ErrorHeader 6421 e ErrorMode 6422 f SaveFromLine 6423 F TempFileMode 6424 G MatchGECOS 6425 H HelpFile 6426 h MaxHopCount 6427 i IgnoreDots 6428 I ResolverOptions 6429 J ForwardPath 6430 j SendMimeErrors 6431 k ConnectionCacheSize 6432 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 6433 L LogLevel 6434 l UseErrorsTo 6435 m MeToo 6436 n CheckAliases 6437 O DaemonPortOptions 6438 o OldStyleHeaders 6439 P PostmasterCopy 6440 p PrivacyOptions 6441 Q QueueDirectory 6442 q QueueFactor 6443 R DontPruneRoutes 6444 r, T Timeout 6445 S StatusFile 6446 s SuperSafe 6447 t TimeZoneSpec 6448 u DefaultUser 6449 U UserDatabaseSpec 6450 V FallbackMXHost 6451 v Verbose 6452 w TryNullMXList 6453 x QueueLA 6454 X RefuseLA 6455 Y ForkEachJob 6456 y RecipientFactor 6457 z ClassFactor 6458 Z RetryFactor 6459 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 6460 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 6461 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 6462 $l UnixFromLine 6463 $o OperatorChars 6464 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 6465 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 6466 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 6467 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 6468 specify "V6" in the configuration. 6469 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 6470 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 6471 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 6472 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 6473 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 6474 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 6475 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 6476 This requires config file support to get right. It does 6477 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 6478 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 6479 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 6480 A Addresses are aliasable. 6481 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 6482 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 6483 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 6484 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 6485 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 6486 recipient mailer flags. 6487 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 6488 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 6489 delivery. 6490 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 6491 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 6492 : Check for :include: on this address. 6493 | Check for |program on this address. 6494 / Check for /file on this address. 6495 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 6496 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 6497 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 6498 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 6499 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 6500 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 6501 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 6502 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 6503 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 6504 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 6505 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 6506 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 6507 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 6508 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 6509 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 6510 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 6511 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 6512 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 6513 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 6514 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 6515 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 6516 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 6517 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 6518 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 6519 (essentially, the full MIME option). 6520 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 6521 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 6522 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 6523 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 6524 flag is ignored. 6525 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 6526 the setting of F=8. 6527 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 6528 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 6529 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 6530 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 6531 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 6532 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 6533 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 6534 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 6535 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 6536 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 6537 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 6538 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 6539 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 6540 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 6541 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 6542 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 6543 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 6544 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 6545 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 6546 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 6547 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 6548 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 6549 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 6550 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 6551 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 6552 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 6553 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 6554 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 6555 Unicom. 6556 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 6557 fashion as the U= mailer option. 6558 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 6559 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 6560 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 6561 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 6562 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 6563 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 6564 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 6565 from Chip Rosenthal. 6566 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 6567 For example, 6568 O Timeout.helo = 2m 6569 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 6570 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 6571 set them both the preferred new syntax is 6572 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 6573 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 6574 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 6575 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 6576 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 6577 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 6578 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 6579 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 6580 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 6581 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 6582 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 6583 contribution was to make it configurable). 6584 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 6585 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 6586 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 6587 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 6588 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 6589 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 6590 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 6591 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 6592 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 6593 I/O redirection. 6594 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 6595 can be confusing. 6596 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 6597 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 6598 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 6599 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 6600 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 6601 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 6602 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 6603 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 6604 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 6605 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 6606 queue-only. 6607 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 6608 :include: and .forward files. 6609 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 6610 key field name, the value field name, and the field 6611 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 6612 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 6613 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 6614 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 6615 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6616 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 6617 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 6618 Sun Microsystems. 6619 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 6620 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 6621 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 6622 Hutton of Indiana University. 6623 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 6624 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 6625 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 6626 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 6627 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 6628 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 6629 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 6630 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 6631 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 6632 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 6633 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 6634 as comments. 6635 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 6636 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 6637 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 6638 are from sysexits.h. 6639 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 6640 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 6641 Kmap1 ... 6642 Kmap2 ... 6643 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 6644 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 6645 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 6646 map2 is searched and the value returned. 6647 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 6648 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 6649 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 6650 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 6651 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 6652 For example, if the declaration of the map is 6653 Ksample switch hosts 6654 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 6655 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 6656 equivalent to 6657 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 6658 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 6659 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 6660 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 6661 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 6662 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 6663 the -m (matchonly) flag. 6664 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 6665 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 6666 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 6667 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 6668 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 6669 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 6670 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 6671 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 6672 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 6673 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 6674 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 6675 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 6676 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 6677 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 6678 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 6679 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 6680 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 6681 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 6682 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 6683 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 6684 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 6685 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 6686 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 6687 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 6688 an /etc/hosts entry reads 6689 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 6690 this change will use the second name as the canonical 6691 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 6692 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 6693 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 6694 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 6695 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 6696 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 6697 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 6698 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 6699 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 6700 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 6701 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 6702 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 6703 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 6704 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 6705 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 6706 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 6707 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 6708 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 6709 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 6710 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 6711 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 6712 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 6713 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 6714 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 6715 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 6716 much longer than the specified timeout. 6717 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 6718 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 6719 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 6720 denial-of-service attack. 6721 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 6722 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 6723 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 6724 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 6725 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 6726 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 6727 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 6728 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 6729 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 6730 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 6731 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 6732 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 6733 actually file lookups. 6734 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 6735 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 6736 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 6737 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 6738 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 6739 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 6740 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 6741 support for them has been removed. 6742 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 6743 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 6744 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 6745 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 6746 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 6747 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 6748 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 6749 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 6750 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 6751 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 6752 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 6753 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 6754 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 6755 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 6756 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 6757 also improves the connection cache utilization. 6758 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 6759 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 6760 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 6761 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 6762 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 6763 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 6764 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 6765 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 6766 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 6767 Microsystems. 6768 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 6769 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 6770 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 6771 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 6772 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 6773 option can give the network software time to establish 6774 the link. The default units are seconds. 6775 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 6776 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 6777 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 6778 Defense Information Systems Agency. 6779 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 6780 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 6781 the National Computer Security Center. 6782 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 6783 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 6784 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 6785 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 6786 the mailprio scripts (see below). 6787 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 6788 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 6789 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 6790 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 6791 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 6792 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 6793 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 6794 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 6795 University Computing Service. 6796 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 6797 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 6798 the University of Kentucky. 6799 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 6800 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 6801 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 6802 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 6803 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 6804 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 6805 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 6806 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 6807 Corporation. 6808 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 6809 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 6810 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 6811 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 6812 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 6813 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 6814 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 6815 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 6816 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 6817 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 6818 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 6819 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 6820 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 6821 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 6822 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 6823 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 6824 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 6825 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 6826 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 6827 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 6828 Communications. 6829 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 6830 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 6831 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 6832 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 6833 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 6834 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 6835 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 6836 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 6837 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 6838 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 6839 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 6840 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6841 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 6842 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 6843 on values: 6844 None Leave the message as is. The 6845 message will be passed on even 6846 though it is in technically 6847 illegal syntax. 6848 Add-To Add a To: header with any 6849 recipients that it can find from 6850 the envelope. This risks exposing 6851 Bcc: recipients. 6852 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 6853 has almost no redeeming social value, 6854 and is provided only for back 6855 compatibility. 6856 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 6857 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 6858 which will have the effect of 6859 making the message legal without 6860 exposing Bcc: recipients. 6861 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 6862 There is a chance that mailers down 6863 the line will delete this header, 6864 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 6865 recipients. 6866 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 6867 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 6868 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 6869 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 6870 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 6871 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 6872 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 6873 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 6874 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 6875 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 6876 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 6877 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 6878 For example, if you run with 6879 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 6880 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 6881 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 6882 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 6883 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 6884 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 6885 entries. For example, given the aliases: 6886 list: member1 6887 list: member2 6888 and an alias file declared as: 6889 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 6890 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 6891 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 6892 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6893 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 6894 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 6895 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 6896 Johannesen. 6897 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 6898 to be simpler and more consistent. 6899 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 6900 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 6901 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 6902 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6903 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 6904 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 6905 This may affect some people who have written their own 6906 checkcompat() routine. 6907 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 6908 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 6909 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 6910 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 6911 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 6912 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 6913 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 6914 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 6915 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 6916 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 6917 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 6918 Corporation. 6919 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 6920 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 6921 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 6922 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 6923 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 6924 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 6925 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 6926 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 6927 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 6928 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 6929 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 6930 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 6931 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 6932 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 6933 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 6934 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 6935 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 6936 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 6937 the header. 6938 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6939 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 6940 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 6941 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 6942 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 6943 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 6944 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 6945 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 6946 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 6947 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 6948 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 6949 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 6950 is added between the first and second word of the first 6951 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 6952 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 6953 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 6954 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 6955 old sendmails understand. 6956 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 6957 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 6958 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 6959 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 6960 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 6961 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 6962 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 6963 data -- for example, 6964 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 6965 (romanized/less information) 6966 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 6967 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 6968 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 6969 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 6970 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 6971 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 6972 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 6973 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 6974 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 6975 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 6976 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 6977 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 6978 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 6979 Eric Prestemon of American University. 6980 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 6981 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 6982 increment on the background value). 6983 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 6984 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 6985 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 6986 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 6987 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 6988 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 6989 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 6990 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 6991 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 6992 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 6993 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 6994 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 6995 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 6996 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 6997 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 6998 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 6999 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 7000 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 7001 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 7002 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 7003 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 7004 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 7005 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 7006 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 7007 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 7008 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 7009 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 7010 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 7011 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 7012 service type is "files". 7013 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 7014 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 7015 into class "c". 7016 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 7017 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 7018 contributed by SunSoft. 7019 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 7020 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 7021 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 7022 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 7023 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 7024 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 7025 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 7026 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 7027 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 7028 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 7029 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 7030 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 7031 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 7032 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7033 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 7034 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 7035 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 7036 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 7037 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 7038 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 7039 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 7040 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 7041 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 7042 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 7043 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 7044 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 7045 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 7046 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 7047 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 7048 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 7049 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 7050 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 7051 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 7052 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 7053 flags. 7054 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 7055 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 7056 Motonori Nakamura. 7057 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 7058 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 7059 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 7060 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 7061 of MIT. 7062 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 7063 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 7064 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 7065 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 7066 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 7067 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 7068 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 7069 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 7070 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 7071 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 7072 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 7073 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 7074 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 7075 the make. 7076 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 7077 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 7078 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 7079 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 7080 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 7081 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 7082 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 7083 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 7084 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 7085 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 7086 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 7087 of Sun Microsystems. 7088 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 7089 is at least 50% faster. 7090 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 7091 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 7092 University. 7093 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 7094 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7095 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 7096 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 7097 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 7098 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 7099 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 7100 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 7101 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 7102 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 7103 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 7104 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 7105 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 7106 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 7107 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 7108 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 7109 Carnegie Mellon. 7110 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 7111 support. 7112 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 7113 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 7114 Global Information Solutions. 7115 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 7116 From Motonori Nakamura. 7117 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 7118 Motonori Nakamura. 7119 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 7120 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 7121 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 7122 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 7123 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 7124 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 7125 James of British Telecom. 7126 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 7127 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 7128 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 7129 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 7130 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 7131 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 7132 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 7133 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 7134 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 7135 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 7136 a bad guy can read your private files. 7137 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7138 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 7139 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 7140 University. This expands the disk size 7141 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 7142 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 7143 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 7144 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 7145 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 7146 Linux Makefile typo. 7147 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 7148 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 7149 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 7150 University, Chico. 7151 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 7152 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 7153 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 7154 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 7155 This requires adaptation of code that really 7156 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 7157 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 7158 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 7159 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 7160 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 7161 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 7162 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 7163 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 7164 problems. 7165 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 7166 match all the other configuration files. Fix 7167 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 7168 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 7169 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 7170 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 7171 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 7172 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 7173 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 7174 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 7175 Wemm of DIALix. 7176 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 7177 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 7178 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 7179 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 7180 of Ohio State University. 7181 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 7182 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 7183 University. 7184 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 7185 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 7186 Mainz. 7187 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 7188 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 7189 wrong statfs call). 7190 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 7191 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 7192 University. 7193 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 7194 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 7195 Rochester Medical Center. 7196 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 7197 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 7198 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 7199 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 7200 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 7201 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 7202 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 7203 Division. 7204 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 7205 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 7206 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 7207 Durand of I.M.A.G. 7208 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 7209 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 7210 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 7211 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 7212 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 7213 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 7214 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 7215 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 7216 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 7217 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 7218 of Meteo France. 7219 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 7220 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 7221 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 7222 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 7223 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 7224 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 7225 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 7226 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 7227 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 7228 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 7229 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 7230 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 7231 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 7232 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 7233 of Colorado. 7234 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 7235 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 7236 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 7237 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 7238 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 7239 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 7240 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 7241 on the file, but it should be quite small. 7242 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 7243 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 7244 giving the local administrator more control over what 7245 programs can be run from sendmail. 7246 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 7247 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 7248 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 7249 never will. 7250 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 7251 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 7252 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 7253 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 7254 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 7255 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 7256 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 7257 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7258 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 7259 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 7260 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 7261 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 7262 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 7263 arbitrary directory -- use either: 7264 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 7265 or 7266 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 7267 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 7268 can use: 7269 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 7270 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 7271 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 7272 compatibility. 7273 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 7274 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 7275 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 7276 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 7277 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 7278 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 7279 County. 7280 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 7281 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 7282 just unqualified ones. 7283 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 7284 was never used and didn't work anyway. 7285 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 7286 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 7287 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 7288 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 7289 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 7290 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 7291 centralized hub. 7292 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 7293 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 7294 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 7295 this is expected to be another sendmail. 7296 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 7297 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 7298 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 7299 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 7300 Rosenthal of Unicom. 7301 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 7302 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 7303 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 7304 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 7305 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 7306 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 7307 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 7308 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 7309 but it is a no-op. 7310 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 7311 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 7312 as User Unknown. 7313 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 7314 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 7315 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 7316 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 7317 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 7318 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 7319 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 7320 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 7321 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 7322 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 7323 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 7324 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 7325 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 7326 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 7327 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 7328 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 7329 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 7330 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 7331 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 7332 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 7333 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 7334 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 7335 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 7336 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 7337 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 7338 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 7339 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 7340 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 7341 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 7342 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 7343 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 7344 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 7345 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 7346 assumed. 7347 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 7348 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 7349 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 7350 Information Systems Agency. 7351 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 7352 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 7353 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 7354 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 7355 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 7356 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 7357 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 7358 that really can be used in the real world. 7359 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 7360 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 7361 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 7362 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 7363 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 7364 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 7365 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 7366 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 7367 by Scott Hutton. 7368 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 7369 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 7370 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 7371 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 7372 people. 7373 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 7374 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 7375 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 7376 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 7377 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 7378 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 7379 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 7380 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 7381 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 7382 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 7383 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 7384 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 7385 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 7386 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 7387 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 7388 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 7389 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 7390 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 7391 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 7392 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 7393 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 7394 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 7395 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 7396 by Kimmo Suominen. 7397 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 7398 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 7399 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 7400 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 7401 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7402 NEW FILES: 7403 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 7404 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 7405 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 7406 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 7407 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 7408 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 7409 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 7410 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 7411 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 7412 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 7413 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 7414 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 7415 cf/domain/generic.m4 7416 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 7417 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 7418 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 7419 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 7420 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 7421 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 7422 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 7423 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 7424 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 7425 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 7426 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 7427 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 7428 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 7429 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 7430 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 7431 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 7432 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 7433 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 7434 contrib/bsdi.mc 7435 contrib/mailprio 7436 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 7437 mail.local/mail.local.0 7438 makemap/makemap.0 7439 smrsh/README 7440 smrsh/smrsh.0 7441 smrsh/smrsh.8 7442 smrsh/smrsh.c 7443 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 7444 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 7445 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 7446 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 7447 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 7448 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 7449 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 7450 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 7451 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 7452 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 7453 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 7454 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 7455 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 7456 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 7457 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 7458 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 7459 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 7460 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 7461 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 7462 src/aliases.0 7463 src/mailq.0 7464 src/mime.c 7465 src/newaliases.0 7466 src/sendmail.0 7467 test/t_seteuid.c 7468 RENAMED FILES: 7469 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 7470 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 7471 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 7472 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 7473 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 7474 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 7475 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 7476 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 7477 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 7478 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7479 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7480 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7481 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 7482 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 7483 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 7484 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 7485 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 7486 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 7487 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 7488 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 7489 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 7490 OBSOLETED FILES: 7491 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 7492 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 7493 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 7494 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 7495 cf/cf/knecht.mc 7496 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 7497 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 7498 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 7499 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 7500 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 7501 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 7502 contrib/rcpt-streaming 7503 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 7504 75058.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 7506 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 7507 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 7508 any user (except root). 7509 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 7510 version number is unchanged. 7511 75128.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 7513 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 7514 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 7515 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 7516 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 7517 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 7518 each other!). 7519 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 7520 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 7521 than fork(). 7522 75238.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 7524 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 7525 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 7526 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 7527 message when attempted from IDENT. 7528 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 7529 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 7530 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 7531 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 7532 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 7533 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 7534 partial lines. 7535 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 7536 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 7537 Rob McMahon. 7538 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 7539 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 7540 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 7541 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 7542 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 7543 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 7544 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 7545 Novell Labs Europe. 7546 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 7547 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 7548 Cal State Chico. 7549 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 7550 *Hobbit*. 7551 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 7552 and Liudvikas Bukys. 7553 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 7554 from Spider Boardman. 7555 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 7556 with the binaries). 7557 75588.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 7559 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 7560 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 7561 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 7562 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 7563 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 7564 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 7565 implications. 7566 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 7567 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 7568 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 7569 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 7570 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 7571 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 7572 University of Texas. 7573 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 7574 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 7575 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 7576 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 7577 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 7578 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 7579 Data General. 7580 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 7581 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 7582 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 7583 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 7584 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 7585 with a lot of arguments). 7586 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 7587 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 7588 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 7589 Michigan. 7590 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 7591 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 7592 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 7593 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 7594 Thibault. 7595 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 7596 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 7597 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 7598 some of the map code. 7599 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 7600 with the binaries). 7601 76028.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 7603 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 7604 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 7605 may have some security implications. 7606 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 7607 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 7608 Hill of the University of Iowa. 7609 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 7610 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 7611 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 7612 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 7613 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 7614 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 7615 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 7616 option. 7617 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 7618 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 7619 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 7620 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 7621 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 7622 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 7623 Rochester. 7624 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 7625 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 7626 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 7627 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 7628 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 7629 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 7630 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 7631 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 7632 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 7633 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 7634 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 7635 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 7636 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 7637 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 7638 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 7639 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 7640 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 7641 messages. 7642 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 7643 message to explain how much space was available and 7644 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 7645 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 7646 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 7647 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 7648 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 7649 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 7650 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 7651 moves things more towards what will probably become a 7652 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 7653 Kapor Enterprises. 7654 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 7655 without recompiling. 7656 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 7657 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 7658 purely cosmetic. 7659 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 7660 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 7661 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 7662 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 7663 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 7664 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 7665 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 7666 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 7667 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 7668 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 7669 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 7670 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 7671 Wolfhugel. 7672 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 7673 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 7674 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 7675 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 7676 refused" response, and that the connection can be 7677 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 7678 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 7679 size around and can never start listening to connections 7680 again. The down side is that someone could start up 7681 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 7682 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 7683 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 7684 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 7685 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 7686 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 7687 implications. 7688 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 7689 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 7690 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 7691 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 7692 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 7693 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 7694 doc directory. This includes some additional 7695 information. 7696 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 7697 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 7698 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 7699 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 7700 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 7701 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 7702 loop the mail, which was bad news. 7703 Portability fixes: 7704 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 7705 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 7706 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 7707 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 7708 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 7709 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 7710 Newcastle upon Tyne. 7711 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 7712 Corporation. 7713 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 7714 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 7715 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 7716 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 7717 New Files: 7718 src/Makefile.CLIX 7719 src/Makefile.NCR3000 7720 doc/changes/Makefile 7721 doc/changes/changes.me 7722 doc/changes/changes.ps 7723 77248.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 7725 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 7726 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 7727 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 7728 77298.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 7730 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 7731 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 7732 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 7733 list. 7734 77358.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 7736 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 7737 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 7738 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 7739 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 7740 valid shell. 7741 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 7742 in the connection cache for a long time under some 7743 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 7744 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 7745 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 7746 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 7747 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 7748 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 7749 from a local user to another local user. From 7750 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7751 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 7752 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 7753 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7754 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 7755 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 7756 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 7757 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 7758 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 7759 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 7760 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 7761 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 7762 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 7763 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 7764 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 7765 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 7766 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 7767 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 7768 BSD-like system. 7769 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 7770 protocol entirely. 7771 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 7772 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 7773 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 7774 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 7775 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 7776 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 7777 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 7778 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 7779 files. 7780 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 7781 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 7782 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 7783 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 7784 of CMU. 7785 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 7786 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 7787 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 7788 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 7789 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 7790 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 7791 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 7792 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 7793 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 7794 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 7795 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 7796 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 7797 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 7798 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 7799 security implications. Suggested by several people. 7800 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 7801 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 7802 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 7803 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 7804 Motonori Nakamura. 7805 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 7806 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 7807 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 7808 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 7809 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 7810 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 7811 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 7812 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 7813 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 7814 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 7815 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 7816 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 7817 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 7818 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 7819 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 7820 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 7821 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 7822 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 7823 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 7824 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 7825 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7826 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 7827 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 7828 didn't see the class items being added. 7829 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 7830 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 7831 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 7832 Rutgers. 7833 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 7834 but sets h_errno to a success value. 7835 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 7836 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 7837 address specified in the P option). This fix should 7838 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 7839 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 7840 the problem myself. 7841 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 7842 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 7843 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 7844 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 7845 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 7846 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 7847 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 7848 UUNET. 7849 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 7850 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 7851 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 7852 John Oleynick. 7853 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 7854 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 7855 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 7856 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 7857 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 7858 Nakamura. 7859 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 7860 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 7861 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 7862 University of Washington. 7863 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 7864 don't have an ``=value'' part. 7865 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 7866 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 7867 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 7868 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 7869 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 7870 of Cambridge University. 7871 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 7872 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 7873 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 7874 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 7875 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 7876 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 7877 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 7878 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 7879 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 7880 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 7881 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 7882 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 7883 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 7884 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 7885 a chance. 7886 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 7887 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 7888 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 7889 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 7890 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 7891 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 7892 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 7893 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 7894 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 7895 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 7896 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 7897 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 7898 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 7899 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 7900 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 7901 size for various mailers. 7902 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 7903 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 7904 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 7905 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 7906 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 7907 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 7908 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 7909 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 7910 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 7911 system. 7912 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 7913 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 7914 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 7915 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 7916 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 7917 Michel of Thomson CSF. 7918 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 7919 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 7920 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 7921 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 7922 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 7923 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 7924 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 7925 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 7926 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 7927 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 7928 University of Sydney. 7929 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 7930 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 7931 This is because of the known bug where definition of 7932 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 7933 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 7934 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 7935 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 7936 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 7937 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 7938 Suominen. 7939 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 7940 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 7941 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 7942 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 7943 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 7944 Suominen. 7945 Portability fixes: 7946 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 7947 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7948 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 7949 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 7950 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 7951 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7952 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 7953 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 7954 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 7955 NEW FILES: 7956 src/Makefile.DomainOS 7957 src/Makefile.PTX 7958 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 7959 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 7960 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 7961 src/mailq.1 7962 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 7963 doc/op/Makefile 7964 doc/intro/Makefile 7965 doc/usenix/Makefile 7966 79678.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 7968 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 7969 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 7970 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 7971 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 7972 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 7973 permissions they should not have had (usually group 7974 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 7975 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 7976 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 7977 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 7978 Although this does not respond to a specific known 7979 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 7980 Christian Wettergren. 7981 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 7982 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 7983 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 7984 program by putting that in their .forward file. 7985 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 7986 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 7987 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 7988 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 7989 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 7990 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 7991 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 7992 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 7993 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 7994 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 7995 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 7996 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 7997 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 7998 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 7999 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 8000 connection to create problems on the current job. 8001 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 8002 the wrong place. 8003 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 8004 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 8005 problem that ignored the load average in locally 8006 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 8007 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 8008 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 8009 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 8010 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 8011 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 8012 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 8013 when sending error messages. This resulted in 8014 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 8015 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 8016 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 8017 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 8018 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 8019 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8020 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 8021 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 8022 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 8023 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 8024 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 8025 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 8026 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 8027 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 8028 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 8029 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 8030 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 8031 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 8032 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 8033 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 8034 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 8035 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 8036 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 8037 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 8038 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 8039 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 8040 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 8041 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 8042 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 8043 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 8044 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 8045 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 8046 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 8047 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 8048 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 8049 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 8050 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 8051 dot convention. 8052 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 8053 of from a clean exit. 8054 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 8055 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 8056 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 8057 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 8058 as the subject of an error message, even though the 8059 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 8060 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 8061 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 8062 Jones of UUNET. 8063 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 8064 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 8065 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 8066 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 8067 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 8068 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 8069 says that they should be ignored. 8070 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 8071 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 8072 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 8073 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 8074 is not reentrant. 8075 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 8076 documented in the Bat Book. 8077 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 8078 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 8079 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 8080 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 8081 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 8082 code during some parts of connection initialization. 8083 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 8084 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 8085 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 8086 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 8087 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8088 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 8089 of Kyoto University. 8090 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 8091 From P{r Emanuelsson. 8092 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 8093 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 8094 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 8095 Bryan Costales. 8096 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 8097 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 8098 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 8099 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 8100 Nakamura. 8101 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 8102 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 8103 illegal addresses appearing there). 8104 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 8105 BB&N. 8106 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 8107 included. 8108 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 8109 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 8110 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 8111 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 8112 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 8113 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 8114 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 8115 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 8116 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 8117 by the other end closing the connection. From 8118 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 8119 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 8120 to include a host name or other useful information. 8121 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 8122 DeMarco. 8123 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 8124 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 8125 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 8126 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 8127 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 8128 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 8129 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 8130 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 8131 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 8132 this properly). 8133 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 8134 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 8135 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 8136 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 8137 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 8138 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 8139 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 8140 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 8141 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 8142 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 8143 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 8144 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 8145 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 8146 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 8147 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 8148 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 8149 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 8150 of the Institute for Global Communications. 8151 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 8152 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 8153 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 8154 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 8155 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 8156 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 8157 Portability fixes for: 8158 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 8159 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 8160 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 8161 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 8162 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 8163 of Stoner Associates. 8164 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 8165 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 8166 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 8167 of Maryland. 8168 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 8169 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 8170 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 8171 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 8172 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 8173 RISC/os. 8174 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 8175 at Chico. 8176 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 8177 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 8178 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 8179 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 8180 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 8181 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 8182 since this is intended only for internal use, the 8183 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 8184 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 8185 addresses when relaying internally. 8186 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 8187 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 8188 provided by Peter Wemm. 8189 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 8190 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 8191 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 8192 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 8193 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 8194 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 8195 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 8196 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 8197 names. 8198 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 8199 rather than letting them get "local configuration 8200 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 8201 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 8202 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 8203 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 8204 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 8205 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 8206 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 8207 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 8208 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 8209 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 8210 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 8211 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 8212 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 8213 of Georgia Tech. 8214 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 8215 Jim Murray of Stratus. 8216 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 8217 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 8218 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 8219 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 8220 the local name prepended. 8221 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 8222 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 8223 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 8224 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 8225 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 8226 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 8227 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 8228 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 8229 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 8230 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 8231 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 8232 :include: files and accounts that have shells 8233 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 8234 cause some .forward files that have worked 8235 before to start failing. 8236 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 8237 NEW FILES: 8238 src/Makefile.DGUX 8239 src/Makefile.Dynix 8240 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 8241 src/Makefile.Mach386 8242 src/Makefile.NetBSD 8243 src/Makefile.RISCos 8244 src/Makefile.SCO 8245 src/Makefile.SVR4 8246 src/Makefile.Titan 8247 cf/mailer/pop.m4 8248 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 8249 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 8250 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 8251 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 8252 makemap/Makefile.dist 8253 praliases/Makefile.dist 8254 82558.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 8256 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 8257 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 8258 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 8259 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 8260 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 8261 class of attack. 8262 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 8263 in a few critical places. 8264 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 8265 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 8266 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 8267 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 8268 and High-Energy Physics. 8269 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 8270 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 8271 Eric Wassenaar. 8272 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 8273 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 8274 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 8275 Wassenaar. 8276 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 8277 really become relevant in the next release, but some 8278 people need it for local patches. From Michael 8279 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 8280 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 8281 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 8282 these can have different values depending on which 8283 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 8284 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 8285 what uid/gid processes ran as. 8286 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 8287 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 8288 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 8289 postmaster" case. 8290 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 8291 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 8292 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 8293 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 8294 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 8295 Christopher Davis. 8296 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 8297 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 8298 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 8299 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 8300 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 8301 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 8302 83038.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 8304 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 8305 addresses that get return-receipts. 8306 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 8307 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 8308 and end up sending the message several times. 8309 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 8310 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 8311 four hours". 8312 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 8313 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 8314 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 8315 Cornell University Medical College. 8316 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 8317 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 8318 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 8319 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 8320 Wassenaar. 8321 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 8322 connections fail during message collection. From 8323 Eric Wassenaar. 8324 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 8325 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 8326 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 8327 Stratus. 8328 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 8329 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 8330 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8331 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 8332 by non-root users were not put into 8333 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 8334 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 8335 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 8336 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 8337 could get confused as to whether a database was 8338 open or not. 8339 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 8340 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 8341 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 8342 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 8343 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 8344 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 8345 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 8346 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 8347 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 8348 83498.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 8350 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 8351 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 8352 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 8353 propagated to the queue file. 8354 83558.6/8.6 1993/10/05 8356 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 8357 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 8358 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 8359 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 8360 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 8361 header files but don't have the syscall. 8362 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 8363 if trymx == FALSE. 8364 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 8365 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 8366 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 8367 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8368 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 8369 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8370 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 8371 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 8372 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 8373 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 8374 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 8375 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 8376 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 8377 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 8378 Kanbe. 8379 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 8380 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 8381 Wisner of The Well. 8382 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 8383 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 8384 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 8385 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 8386 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 8387 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 8388 files that you should be able to read but have previously 8389 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 8390 read permission. 8391 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 8392 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 8393 MX suppression will still work. 8394 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 8395 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 8396 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 8397 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8398 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 8399 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 8400 Nakamura. 8401 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 8402 "CX $Z" works. 8403 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 8404 trying to send the original message if the connection 8405 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 8406 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 8407 by John Myers of CMU. 8408 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 8409 term bug. 8410 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 8411 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 8412 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 8413 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 8414 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 8415 queue interval. This is an important fix. 8416 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 8417 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 8418 ruleset testing a bit easier. 8419 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 8420 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 8421 level. 8422 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 8423 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 8424 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 8425 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 8426 address. 8427 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 8428 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 8429 Harvey Mudd College. 8430 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 8431 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 8432 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 8433 their full name information. 8434 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 8435 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 8436 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 8437 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 8438 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 8439 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 8440 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 8441 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 8442 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8443 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 8444 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 8445 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 8446 PC TCP/IP implementations. 8447 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 8448 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 8449 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 8450 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 8451 names. 8452 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 8453 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 8454 helpful. 8455 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 8456 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 8457 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 8458 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8459 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 8460 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 8461 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 8462 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 8463 that claims to be itself works properly. 8464 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 8465 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 8466 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 8467 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 8468 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 8469 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 8470 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 8471 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 8472 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 8473 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 8474 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 8475 scratch. 8476 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 8477 true address to still send to the original address 8478 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 8479 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 8480 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 8481 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 8482 more trouble than it was worth. 8483 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 8484 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 8485 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 8486 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 8487 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 8488 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 8489 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 8490 the queue. 8491 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 8492 messages don't come out with stale information. 8493 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 8494 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 8495 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 8496 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 8497 Myers of CMU. 8498 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 8499 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 8500 Corrigan. 8501 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 8502 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 8503 sender address. 8504 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 8505 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 8506 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 8507 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 8508 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 8509 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 8510 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 8511 that does bulk data transfer). 8512 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 8513 Amir Plivatsky. 8514 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 8515 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 8516 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 8517 bogus config files that were not caught. 8518 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 8519 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 8520 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 8521 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 8522 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 8523 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 8524 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 8525 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 8526 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 8527 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 8528 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 8529 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 8530 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 8531 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 8532 opened or if running with no database format defined. 8533 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 8534 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 8535 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 8536 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 8537 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 8538 Melbourne. 8539 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 8540 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 8541 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 8542 to match regular entries. 8543 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 8544 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 8545 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 8546 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 8547 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 8548 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 8549 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 8550 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 8551 error message so that the "subject" line of return 8552 messages is the best possible. 8553 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 8554 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 8555 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 8556 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 8557 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 8558 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 8559 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8560 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 8561 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 8562 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 8563 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 8564 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 8565 on the address. 8566 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 8567 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 8568 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 8569 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 8570 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 8571 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 8572 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 8573 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 8574 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 8575 addresses in any detail. 8576 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 8577 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 8578 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 8579 with an address such as "!foo". 8580 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 8581 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 8582 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 8583 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 8584 Bret Marquis. 8585 85868.5/8.5 1993/07/23 8587 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 8588 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 8589 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 8590 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 8591 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 8592 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 8593 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 8594 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 8595 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 8596 Nakamura. 8597 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 8598 are no DNS records matching the name. 8599 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 8600 original message was received ... from localhost". 8601 The correct original host information is now included. 8602 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 8603 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 8604 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 8605 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 8606 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 8607 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 8608 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 8609 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 8610 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 8611 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 8612 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 8613 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 8614 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 8615 86168.4/8.4 1993/07/22 8617 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 8618 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 8619 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 8620 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 8621 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 8622 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 8623 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 8624 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 8625 are really configuration errors. This option is 8626 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 8627 UIUC sendmail. 8628 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 8629 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 8630 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 8631 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 8632 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 8633 by Neil Rickert. 8634 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 8635 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 8636 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 8637 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 8638 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 8639 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 8640 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 8641 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 8642 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 8643 of dickering with error handling (see below). 8644 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 8645 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 8646 humans. 8647 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 8648 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 8649 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 8650 repaired). 8651 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 8652 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 8653 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 8654 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 8655 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 8656 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 8657 connection rather than sending QUIT. 8658 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 8659 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 8660 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 8661 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 8662 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 8663 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 8664 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 8665 core dumps on some machines. 8666 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 8667 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 8668 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 8669 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 8670 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 8671 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 8672 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 8673 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 8674 some true error conditions. 8675 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 8676 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 8677 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 8678 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 8679 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 8680 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 8681 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 8682 by Motonori Nakamura. 8683 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 8684 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 8685 caused error messages to be handled differently during 8686 a queue run than a direct run. 8687 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 8688 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 8689 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 8690 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 8691 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 8692 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 8693 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 8694 restart it. 8695 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 8696 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 8697 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 8698 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 8699 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 8700 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 8701 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 8702 is appropriately functional. 8703 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 8704 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 8705 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 8706 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 8707 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 8708 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 8709 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 8710 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 8711 Technologies. 8712 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 8713 process group id. The original fix was to get around 8714 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 8715 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 8716 different from the process id. I could try to fix 8717 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 8718 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 8719 things. 8720 Portability changes: 8721 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 8722 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 8723 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 8724 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 8725 of Colorado. 8726 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 8727 help other strict ANSI compilers. 8728 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 8729 Corporation. 8730 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 8731 documentation apparently doesn't define 8732 __STDC__ by default). 8733 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 8734 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 8735 Motonori Nakamura. 8736 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 8737 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 8738 several people have made a good argument that this 8739 creates more problems than it solves (although this 8740 may prove painful in the short run). 8741 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 8742 format. 8743 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 8744 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 8745 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 8746 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 8747 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 8748 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 8749 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 8750 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 8751 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 8752 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 8753 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 8754 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 8755 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 8756 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 8757 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 8758 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 8759 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 8760 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 8761 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 8762 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 8763 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 8764 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 8765 environments. Ugly as sin. 8766 87678.3/8.3 1993/07/13 8768 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 8769 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 8770 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 8771 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 8772 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 8773 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 8774 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 8775 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 8776 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 8777 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 8778 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 8779 "user friendly". 8780 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 8781 16 bytes/sec. 8782 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 8783 compatibility library. This also adds a new 8784 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 8785 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 8786 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 8787 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 8788 for quick test cases. 8789 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 8790 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 8791 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 8792 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 8793 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 8794 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 8795 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 8796 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 8797 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 8798 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 8799 From Michael Corrigan. 8800 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 8801 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 8802 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 8803 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 8804 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 8805 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 8806 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 8807 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 8808 Christophe Wolfhugel. 8809 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 8810 88118.2/8.2 1993/07/11 8812 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 8813 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 8814 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 8815 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 8816 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 8817 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 8818 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 8819 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 8820 from Bill Wisner. 8821 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 8822 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 8823 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 8824 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 8825 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 8826 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 8827 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 8828 match the other flags in that file. 8829 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 8830 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 8831 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 8832 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 8833 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 8834 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 8835 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 8836 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 8837 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 8838 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 8839 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 8840 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 8841 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 8842 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 8843 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 8844 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 8845 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 8846 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 8847 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 8848 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 8849 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 8850 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 8851 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 8852 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 8853 the root and directories leading up to your home); 8854 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 8855 be owned by you. 8856 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 8857 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 8858 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 8859 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 8860 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 8861 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 8862 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 8863 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 8864 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 8865 is separate; this is just intended to work around 8866 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 8867 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 8868 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 8869 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 8870 matching without a null it never tries again with a 8871 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 8872 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 8873 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 8874 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 8875 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 8876 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 8877 it adapts. 8878 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 8879 will insert the appropriate full name information; 8880 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 8881 way. 8882 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 8883 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 8884 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 8885 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 8886 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 8887 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 8888 only happen when there has been another error in the 8889 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 8890 by default in conf.h. 8891 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 8892 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 8893 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 8894 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 8895 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 8896 This output is not intended to be particularly human 8897 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 8898 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 8899 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 8900 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 8901 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 8902 See cf/README for an example. 8903 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 8904 sites that don't use the -d flag. 8905 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 8906 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 8907 has been requested by several people, but can break 8908 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 8909 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 8910 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 8911 broken. Use it sparingly. 8912 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 8913 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 8914 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 8915 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 8916 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 8917 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 8918 Bill Wisner of The Well. 8919 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 8920 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 8921 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 8922 89238.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 8924 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 8925 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 8926 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 8927 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 8928 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 8929 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 8930 89318.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 8932 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 8933 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 8934 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 8935 89368.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 8937 Another mailertable fix.... 8938 89398.1/8.1 1993/06/07 8940 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 8941